
CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Please email any recommendations for improvement (big or small) to danny.tsai@nt.gov.au
Choose an organism for local susceptibilities
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Staphylococcus aureus % susceptible
|
MSSA |
nmMRSA |
mMRSA |
Amikacin |
- |
- |
- |
Ampicillin |
9 |
0 |
0 |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
100 |
0 |
0 |
Cefazolin |
100 |
0 |
0 |
Ceftriaxone |
100 |
0 |
0 |
Ceftazidime |
- |
- |
- |
Ciprofloxacin |
99 |
99 |
- |
Clindamycin |
67 |
60 |
- |
Erythromycin |
67 |
60 |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
100 |
0 |
0 |
Fusidic acid |
97 |
96 |
80 |
Gentamicin |
99 |
100 |
0 |
Meropenem |
- |
- |
- |
Nitrofurantoin |
- |
- |
- |
Penicillin |
9 |
0 |
0 |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
- |
- |
- |
Rifampicin |
100 |
99 |
100 |
Trimethoprim |
- |
- |
- |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
98 |
83 |
30 |
Vancomycin |
100 |
100 |
100 |
Teicoplanin |
- |
- |
- |
Linezolid |
- |
100 |
100 |
Total percentage of isolates: |
47.1% |
52.5% |
0.4% |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/22
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Enterococcus spp % susceptible
|
E.faecalis |
E.faecium |
Amikacin |
- |
- |
Ampicillin |
99 |
10 |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
99 |
10 |
Cefazolin |
- |
- |
Ceftriaxone |
- |
- |
Ceftazidime |
- |
- |
Ciprofloxacin |
- |
- |
Clindamycin |
- |
- |
Erythromycin |
- |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
- |
- |
Fusidic acid |
- |
- |
Gentamicin |
- |
- |
Meropenem |
- |
- |
Nitrofurantoin |
99 |
24 |
Penicillin |
98 |
5 |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
- |
- |
Rifampicin |
- |
- |
Tobramycin |
- |
- |
Trimethoprim |
- |
- |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
- |
- |
Vancomycin |
98 |
52 |
Teicoplanin |
100 |
95 |
Linezolid |
99 |
95 |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/22
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Escherichia coli % susceptible
|
E.coli - urine; |
E.coli - other; |
Amikacin |
100 |
100 |
Ampicillin |
32 |
28 |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
78 |
71 |
Cefazolin |
77 |
60 |
Ceftriaxone |
81 |
75 |
Ceftazidime |
95 |
92 |
Ciprofloxacin |
78 |
69 |
Clindamycin |
- |
- |
Erythromycin |
- |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
- |
- |
Fusidic acid |
- |
- |
Gentamicin |
84 |
80 |
Meropenem |
100 |
100 |
Nitrofurantoin |
80 |
- |
Penicillin |
- |
- |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
94 |
91 |
Rifampicin |
- |
- |
Trimethoprim |
43 |
- |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
45 |
42 |
Vancomycin |
- |
- |
Teicoplanin |
- |
- |
Linezolid |
- |
- |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/22
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Klebsiella spp. % susceptible
|
Klebsiella spp. - urine; |
Klebsiella spp. - other; |
Amikacin |
100 |
100 |
Ampicillin |
- |
- |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
87 |
94 |
Cefazolin |
79 |
85 |
Ceftriaxone |
81 |
85 |
Ceftazidime |
89 |
95 |
Ciprofloxacin |
83 |
89 |
Clindamycin |
- |
- |
Erythromycin |
- |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
- |
- |
Fusidic acid |
- |
- |
Gentamicin |
91 |
98 |
Meropenem |
100 |
100 |
Nitrofurantoin |
39 |
- |
Penicillin |
- |
- |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
85 |
91 |
Rifampicin |
- |
- |
Trimethoprim |
82 |
- |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
84 |
82 |
Vancomycin |
- |
- |
Teicoplanin |
- |
- |
Linezolid |
- |
- |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/22
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Proteus mirabilis % susceptible
|
P.mirabilis |
Amikacin |
100 |
Ampicillin |
90 |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
98 |
Cefazolin94 |
Ceftriaxone |
100 |
Ceftazidime |
100 |
Ciprofloxacin |
100 |
Clindamycin |
- |
Erythromycin |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
- |
Fusidic acid |
- |
Gentamicin |
100 |
Meropenem |
100 |
Nitrofurantoin |
- |
Penicillin |
- |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
100 |
Rifampicin |
- |
Trimethoprim |
93 |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
93 |
Vancomycin |
- |
Teicoplanin |
- |
Linezolid |
- |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/22
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Enterobacter spp % susceptible
|
Enterobacter spp |
Amikacin |
100 |
Ampicillin |
- |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
- |
Cefazolin |
- |
Ceftriaxone |
- |
Ceftazidime |
88 |
Ciprofloxacin |
97 |
Clindamycin |
- |
Erythromycin |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
- |
Fusidic acid |
- |
Gentamicin |
99 |
Meropenem |
100 |
Nitrofurantoin |
- |
Penicillin |
- |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
- |
Rifampicin |
- |
Trimethoprim |
- |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
94 |
Vancomycin |
- |
Teicoplanin |
- |
Linezolid |
- |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/2
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Salmonella spp. % susceptible
|
Salmonella spp. |
Amikacin |
- |
Ampicillin |
94 |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
- |
Cefazolin |
- |
Ceftriaxone |
100 |
Ceftazidime |
- |
Ciprofloxacin |
100 |
Clindamycin |
- |
Erythromycin |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
- |
Fusidic acid |
- |
Gentamicin |
- |
Meropenem |
100 |
Nitrofurantoin |
- |
Penicillin |
- |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
- |
Rifampicin |
- |
Tobramycin |
- |
Trimethoprim |
- |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
100 |
Vancomycin |
- |
Teicoplanin |
- |
Linezolid |
- |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/22
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Pseudomonas aeruginosa % susceptible
|
Pseudomonas |
Amikacin |
97 |
Ampicillin |
- |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
- |
Cefazolin |
- |
Ceftriaxone |
- |
Ceftazidime |
92 |
Ciprofloxacin |
88 |
Clindamycin |
- |
Erythromycin |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
- |
Fusidic acid |
- |
Gentamicin |
97 |
Meropenem |
93 |
Nitrofurantoin |
- |
Penicillin |
- |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
84 |
Rifampicin |
- |
Trimethoprim |
- |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
- |
Vancomycin |
- |
Teicoplanin |
- |
Linezolid |
- |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/22
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible
Antibiogram CAHS
CAHS Acinetobacter spp. % susceptible
|
Acinetobacter spp. |
Amikacin |
100 |
Ampicillin |
- |
Amoxi-Clavulanate |
- |
Cefazolin |
- |
Ceftriaxone |
- |
Ceftazidime |
93 |
Ciprofloxacin |
100 |
Clindamycin |
- |
Erythromycin |
- |
Flucloxacillin |
- |
Fusidic acid |
- |
Gentamicin |
100 |
Meropenem |
100 |
Nitrofurantoin |
- |
Penicillin |
- |
Piperacillin/tazobactam |
88 |
Rifampicin |
- |
Trimethoprim |
- |
Trimethoprim-SMX |
96 |
Vancomycin |
- |
Teicoplanin |
- |
Linezolid |
- |
- Based on all isolates received at ASH laboratory from 1/1/21 to 1/1/22
- Colours: Green = greater than 90% susceptible; Yellow = 70-90% susceptible; Red = less than 70% susceptible

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Antibiotics list

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
This section is awaiting completion
Unfortunately the sections for ampicillin, valaciclovir, anidulafungin and azithromycin are still incomplete. Please check later for these sections

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
BENZATHINE BENZYLPENICILLIN
Synonym:
penicillin G benzathine
Antibacterial ? Penicillin
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Bicillin L-A (Pfizer).1
Stock preparation(s):
Injection: Prefilled syringe ? 900 mg in 2.3 mL suspension. Each prefilled syringe contains 900 mg benzathine benzylpenicillin equivalent to 1.2 MU (million units).
Properties:
Physical description: Viscous, opaque suspension.
Excipients: Sodium citrate, lecithin, carmellose sodium, povidone, methyl hydroxybenzoate, propyl hydroxybenzoate.
pH: 5 to 7.5 7.
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Prefilled syringe: Refrigerate (2?C to 8?C).Do not freeze.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: benzathine benzylpenicillin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Must NOT be used (risk of severe neurovascular damage)7. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Must NOT be used. |
Continuous IV infusion |
Must NOT be used. |
IM injection |
Streptococcal Group A upper respiratory infections: 900 mg as a single dose
Syphilis: 1.8 g as a single dose; for latent syphilis may be 3 doses at weekly intervals
Yaws, bejel and pinta: 900 mg as a single dose.
Rheumatic fever, acute glomerulonephritis prophylaxis: following an acute attack 900 mg once a month or 450 mg every 2 weeks 2.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Must NOT be used. |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Use a concentration of 442 mg/mL when measuring part doses.
- Usually use undiluted.
-
Some sources recommend adding lidocaine to the prefilled syringe (reduces pain at injection site) 12,13.
- Draw up 0.25 mL lidocaine 2% using a filter needle attached to a 1 mL syringe.
- Remove filter needle and replace with 22G or 23G needle in syringe containing lidocaine.
- Remove cap from prefilled Bicillin L-A syringe and draw back to allow space at tip of syringe.
- Add 0.25 mL lidocaine 2% to Bicillin L-A syringe.
- Push Bicillin L-A plunger up gently and slowly until medication reaches the tip of the syringe.
- Attach a 22G needle for administration.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Single patient use only. Discard any unused portion.
Administration notes:
- ENSURE IT IS THE CORRECT PRODUCT. Benzylpenicillin (or penicillin G) is available as the benzathine salt (benzathine benzylpenicillin for IM injection only ? this preparation), the sodium salt (benzylpenicillin sodium for IV and IM injection), the procaine salt (procaine benzylpenicillin for IM injection only).
- Warm to room temperature before administration.
- Aspirate before injecting to ensure that the needle is not in a blood vessel. If blood appears, withdraw and inject at another site.
- Administer doses greater than 900 mg at 2 separate injection sites 7.
- Inject by deep injection in the upper, outer quadrant of the buttock.
- Administer at a slow, steady rate to avoid blockage of the needle by the suspended content
- Avoid injection into or near major peripheral nerves or blood vessels, as this may cause neurovascular damage.
- Injection may be painful ? apply ice 11 or a vibrating ice pack (Buzzy) 13 to the injection site to alleviate pain and discomfort.
- Rotate injection sites for repeated doses.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Observe for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematologic function periodically with prolonged therapy.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Bicillin L-A [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pfizer New Zealand Ltd, 08 June 2012
- New Zealand Formulary. Benzathine benzylpenicillin [Accessed 20 June 2015]
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 20 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014
- Administration of IM lignocaine & Bicillin. [Accessed via Norther Region Clinical Pathways http://www.healthpointpathways.co.nz/assets/RF/IM_BICILLIN_Administration_Procedure_with_glass_ampoule%20pdf1.pdf?v=14347 85890048 / 20 June 2015]
- Russell K, Nicholson R, Naidu R. Reducing the pain of intramuscular benzathine penicillin injections in the rheumatic fever population of Counties Manukau District Health Board. J Paediatr Child Health 2014; 50(2):112-7 [Accessed via PubMed http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24134180 / 20 June2015]

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
PROCAINE BENZYLPENICILLIN
Synonym:
penicillin G procaine, procaine penicillin
Antibacterial ? Penicillin
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Cilicaine (Healthcare Logistics) 1
Stock preparation(s):
Injection: Prefilled syringe ? 1.5 gram in 3.4 mL suspension. Each prefilled syringe contains 1.5 grams procaine benzylpenicillin equivalent to 1.5 MU (million units) 6,7.
Properties:
Physical description: Viscous, white suspension.
Excipients: Phenyl mercuric acetate (preservative), sodium citrate, polysorbate 80, water for injections.
pH: 5 to 7.5 6,7.
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Prefilled syringe: Refrigerate (between 2?C to 8?C). Do not freeze 7.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ datasheet
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Must NOT be used (risk of neurovascular damage) 11. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Must NOT be used. |
Continuous IV infusion |
Must NOT be used. |
IM injection |
Usual dose: 1.5 g daily for 2 to 5 days.
Gonorrhoea: 1 g daily for 1 to 2 weeks, or up to 4.8 g as a single dose in combination with probenecid.
Syphilis: 1 g daily for 10 to 14 days.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Must NOT be used. |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Single use only. Discard any unused portion.
Administration notes:
- ENSURE IT IS THE CORRECT PRODUCT. Benzylpenicillin (or penicillin G) is available as the procaine salt (procaine benzylpenicillin for IM injection only ? this preparation), the sodium salt (benzylpenicillin sodium for IV and IM injection), the benzathine salt (benzathine benzylpenicillin for IM injection only).
- Warm to room temperature before administration.
- Aspirate before injecting to ensure that needle is not in a blood vessel. If blood appears, withdraw and inject at another site.
- Administer by deep injection in the upper, outer quadrant of buttocks11.
- Administer at a slow, steady rate to avoid blockage of the needle by the suspended content 5.
- Do not massage injection site 11
- Avoid injection into or near major nerves or blood vessels, as this may cause neurovascular damage and tissue necrosis 11
- Injection may be painful ? apply ice to the injection site to alleviate pain and discomfort 11.
- Rotate injection site for repeated doses 4,5,11.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Observe for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor renal and haematologic function periodically with prolonged therapy 4,11
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Cilicaine [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pharmacy Retailing (NZ) Limited, 13 February 2013
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 22 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
ACICLOVIR SODIUM
Synonym:
acyclovir
Antiviral
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Zovirax IV for Infusion (GlaxoSmithKline) 1
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 250 mg powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white powder.
Excipients: No information.
pH: ~11
Sodium content: 26 mg (~1.05 mmol 5,10) sodium per 250 mg acyclovir sodium.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). However, reconstituted solutions (25 mg/mL) are stable at room temperature (below 25oC) for up to 12 hours. Do not refrigerate (may cause precipitation 7).
Diluted solution: Stable at room temperature (below 25oC) for up to 24 hours. Do not refrigerate (may cause precipitation 7). Storage and in-use time must not exceed 24 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: aciclovir.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Dose in obese patients should be calculated using ideal body weight, not actual body weight. |
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used (may cause renal damage/tubular necrosis 3,4,7,9,11). |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Herpes simplex, Varicella zoster: 5 mg/kg (10 mg/kg in immunocompromised 2) every 8 hours.
Herpes encephalitis, Herpes zoster (shingles): 10 mg/kg every 8 hours.
CMV prophylaxis: 500 mg/m2 every 8 hours. Refer to local protocol.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 25 to 50 mL/minute: every 12 hours 3.
GFR 10 to 25 mL/minute: every 24 hours 3.
GFR less than10 mL/minute: 2.5 to 5 mg/kg every 24 hours 3 .
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Not recommended (highly alkaline). |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended (highly alkaline). |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute each 250 mg vial with 10 mL of either water for injection or 0.9% sodium chloride concentration (~ 25 mg/mL). Shake well to ensure complete dissolution of the drug.
- Draw up appropriate dose. The reconstituted solution may be infused (reserved for fluid restricted patients) or further diluted.
-
Further dilute with a compatible IV fluid to a concentration of 5 mg/mL or less.
- For doses between 250 mg and 500 mg: add to one 100 mL infusion bag
- For doses between 500 mg to 1,000 mg: divide dose and add to two 100 mL infusion bags.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann?s)
- Others: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations, Sodium chloride 0.45%. AVOID: Biological or colloidal fluids 7.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information on drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Discard any unused portion.
- Visually inspect for turbidity or crystallisation; do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Confirm patency of vein ? avoid extravasation (highly alkaline).
- Infuse diluted solution (5 mg/mL or less) over at least 1 hour (risk of tubular necrosis/renal damage with rapid infusion 3,4,7,9,11).
- Rotate site of infusion 4,9.
-
Reconstituted solution (25 mg/mL) may be given over at least 1 hour via an infusion pump 6,8.
- Using concentrations greater than 7 mg/mL increases the risk of phlebitis and inflammation at the infusion site and should only be used in fluid restricted patients with central venous access5,6,7.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Maintain adequate hydration and urine flow before and during infusion (minimise risk of renal toxicity) 9,11.
- Monitor creatinine and blood urea levels along with urine output during treatment 9,11.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Zovirax [Medsafe Datasheet]. GlaxoSmithKline NZ Ltd, 10 October 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Aciclovir [Accessed 13 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 13 June 2015] 7
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014 8
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014.
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013.
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
AMIKACIN
Synonym:
Antibacterial ? Aminoglycoside
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
DBLTM Amikacin Injection (Hospira) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 500 mg (amikacin) in 2 mL solution. Each vial contains amikacin sulfate equivalent to 500 mg amikacin.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless 1 to light straw or pale yellow 5,6,10 solution.
Excipients: Sodium metabisulfite and sodium citrate.
pH: 4.5 7; range 3.5 to 5.5 10.
Sodium content: 0.64 mmol per 500 mg amikacin 10
Storage:
Stock solution (undiluted for IM injection): Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Diluted solutions: Store at room temperature (below 25oC) for up to 12 hours. Discard any unused solution after 12 hours. Some sources recommend longer storage 4,5; consult a pharmacist.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: amikacin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Dose usually based on ideal body weight. If patient weighs less than ideal body weight then use actual body weight. Some hospitals will use adjusted body weight in obese patients. Therapeutic drug monitoring: refer to local hospital protocols. |
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. However, some sources recommend administration by slow IV injection over 3 to 5 minutes using the same dosage as for IM injection 3,6.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Reserved for life-threatening infection or when the IM route is not feasible.
Multiple daily dose regimen 1,2:
7.5 mg/kg every 12 hours or 5 mg/kg every 8 hours 1,2, increased to 7.5 mg/kg every 8 hours in severe infections 2. Do not exceed total daily dose 1.5 g 2,3; or maximum cumulative dose 15 g 2.
Once daily dose regimen (unapproved regimen) 2:
15 mg/kg (maximum 1.5 g per dose), then adjusted according to serum amikacin concentrations (maximum total cumulative dose 15 g).
Consult local hospital protocols which usually recommend dosing based on therapeutic drug monitoring, or seek guidance from a pharmacist.
In patients with renal impairment:
Dose regimen is best adjusted using therapeutic drug monitoring.
However, if therapeutic drug monitoring is not feasible manufacturer recommends adjusting dose by extending the dose interval or reducing each dose.
Requires regular monitoring of serum creatinine throughout therapy 1,5. Consult local protocols or seek guidance from a pharmacist or renal physician
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Preferred route unless life-threatening infection.
Multiple daily dose regimen 1,2:
7.5 mg/kg every 12 hours or 5 mg/kg every 8 hours 1,2, increased to 7.5 mg/kg every 8 hours in severe infections 2. Do not exceed total daily dose 1.5 g 2,3 or maximum cumulative dose 15 g 2.
In patients with renal impairment:
Same recommendations as for intermittent IV infusion above.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
Intrathecal/Intraventricular |
Unapproved routes reserved solely as adjunctive routes for meningitis. To be used on an ad-hoc basis only under strict instruction from infectious diseases. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Prepare infusion solution by adding appropriate dose to 100 to 200 mL compatible IV fluid; recommended concentration 0.25 to 5 mg/mL; minimum volume of 50 mL is suggested 8.
- The final concentration of diluted solution for infusion is dose-related, e.g. higher doses and once-daily regimens may necessitate higher concentrations ? consult local protocols.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann?s) 7,9
- Others: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations 7; glucose 10% 7, mannitol 7,10, Plasmalyte 9, Ringer?s, mannitol 10.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Amikacin should not be physically mixed with other drugs in the same infusion solution or infused simultaneously through the same tubing.
- Amikacin is inactivated by solutions containing penicillins; it is recommended that amikacin and penicillin doses are administered separately and at different sites to avoid mixing these medications in administration lines.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare solution immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Use diluted solutions within 12 hours after preparation.
Administration notes:
- Peripheral vein or central line.
- Administer over 30 to 60 minutes.
- Flush line after infusion to ensure full dose is delivered.
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Use undiluted (250 mg/mL) 5.
- May be diluted if required to improve accuracy of drawing up the correct dose.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration if dilution required:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Draw up (or if diluted prepare) solution immediately before use.
- Use diluted solutions within 12 hours after preparation.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into large muscle mass, e.g. gluteal muscle or lateral part of thigh 4,5.
- Avoid injecting into a blood vessel.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis to drug and any excipients ? contains sulfites. Sulfite sensitivity more likely in asthmatic patients.
- Do not use in patients with previous hypersensitivity or serious nephrotoxic and/or ototoxic reactions to any aminoglycoside.
- Avoid concomitant use with other antibiotics or potent diuretics that also may enhance neurotoxicity and/or nephrotoxicity.
- Use with caution in patients with muscular disorders, e.g. myasthenia gravis or Parkinson?s disease (may aggravate muscle weakness).
- Prior to therapy, assess renal function (where possible) and obtain specimen for culture and sensitivity 11.
- Monitor IV site regularly and rotate injection site to reduce risk of local irritation and pain.
- Correct dehydration before initiating therapy and maintain adequate hydration throughout therapy (minimises irritation of or damage to renal tubules) 1,11.
- Notify prescriber if patient develops tinnitus, vertigo or hearing impairment. Monitor auditory and vestibular function weekly, particularly in patients undergoing prolonged or repeated therapy 9,11.
- Monitor renal function and urinary output daily 9.
Therapeutic Drug Monitoring:
- Amikacin plasma concentrations should be monitored periodically to optimise efficacy and reduce toxicity, particularly in patients with renal impairment.
-
Consult local hospital guidelines for frequency of monitoring and times post dose to draw levels. These will vary according to dosing interval and renal status:
- peak levels draw specimen usually 30 minutes after completion of an IV infusion or 1 hour following intramuscular injection.
- mid-dosing levels (as per some hospital guidelines) take a level 6 to 24 hours post dose depending on patient?s renal function and dosing interval.
- trough levels draw specimen as close as practicable prior to next dose, e.g. within 30 minutes 4,11. It is often not necessary or practicable to have the level back before the next dose is administered, however, the level may be used to adjust subsequent doses.
- Draw approximately 5 mL of venous blood from a peripheral site (avoids antibiotic contamination).
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- DBLTM Amikacin Injection [Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospira NZ Limited, 19 August 2014.
- New Zealand Formulary. Amikacin [Accessed 15 June 2015].
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014.
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 15 June 2015].
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4, Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2012.
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014.
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013.
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
AMPHOTERICIN B LIPOSOMAL
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
AmBisome for Injection (Gilead Sciences) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 50 mg powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: Lyophilised powder. Reconstituted solution yellow and translucent.
Excipients: Hydrogenated soy phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol, distearoylphosphatidylglycerol, alpha-tocopherol, sucrose, sodium succinate hexahydrate.
pH: 5 to 6 when reconstituted 7
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted and diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions may be refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) provided the storage and in-use time is less than 24 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: amphotericin B.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 1 to 3 mg/kg/day, up to 5 mg/kg/day.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
-
Recommended final concentration ranges between 0.2 mg/mL to 2 mg/mL.
- Some centres have used 4 mg/mL via central line 8.
-
Reconstitute using only water for injection by:
- adding 12 mL water for injection to 50 mg vial (concentration 4 mg/mL).
- Shake the vial vigorously for at least 30 seconds to disperse completely.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter. Continue shaking until complete dispersion is obtained.
-
Dilute further by withdrawing the appropriate dose from the reconstituted solution and injecting it through the 5 micron filter supplied with each vial into glucose 5% (DO NOT use sodium chloride) to make a final concentration between 0.2 and 2 mg/mL, e.g.:
- 50 mg in minimum total volume 25 mL (2 mg/mL).
- 50 mg in maximum total volume 250 mL (0.2 mg/mL).
- Use a 5 micron filter (supplied) for transfer. Use a new filter for each vial.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
AVOID: Sodium chloride 0.9%.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information on drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Other sources recommend a limited range of drug compatibilities 9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see ?Storage? above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter. Do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- ENSURE IT IS THE CORRECT PRODUCT. Amphotericin B products are not interchangeable and conventional amphotericin B must be infused over a much longer period 2,9.
- Central line preferred, particularly for stronger concentrations.
- An in-line filter may be used for IV infusion, however a mean pore diameter of the filter SHOULD NOT be less than 1 micron, as this may filter out the active ingredient.
- Administer via an infusion pump.
- Infuse over 30 to 60 minutes.
- Some sources cite an initial infusion duration of 2 hours, reducing to approximately 1 hour in patients in whom the treatment is well tolerated 4,9,11.
- Flush existing IV line with glucose 5% before and after infusing drug. If not possible, infuse through a separate line 11.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Ensure adequate hydration to reduce the risk of nephrotoxicity 9,11
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis
- Monitor for signs of infusion-related reactions; most common are fever, rigors, chills and back pain. If they occur, stop the infusion and consider restarting at a lower infusion rate. Consider a longer infusion time up to 2 hours for subsequent doses.
- Monitor vital signs every 30 minutes for up to 4 hours after infusion is complete 9.
- Monitor for signs of hypokalaemia and hypomagnesaemia (muscle weakness, cramping or drowsiness) 11.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematologic function at baseline and periodically during therapy.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Ambisome [Medsafe Datasheet]. Gilead Sciences NZ, 10 September 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Amphotericin B [Accessed 12 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014.
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014.
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 12 June 2015].
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.2 May 2013). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2012.
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014.
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013.
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
AMOXICILLIN plus CLAVULANIC ACID
Antibacterial ? Penicillin plus Beta-Lactamase Inhibitor
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
m-Amoxiclav (Multichem) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 600 mg vial: 500 mg/100 mg amoxicillin/clavulanic acid powder for reconstitution.
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 1.2 g vial: 1 g/200 mg amoxicillin/clavulanic acid powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains amoxicillin sodium equivalent to 500 mg or 1 g amoxicillin plus potassium clavulanate equivalent to 100 mg or 200 mg clavulanic acid.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white crystalline powder. Reconstituted solution range from transient pink to pale yellow.
Excipients: None.
pH: No information.
Sodium content: 31.6 mg (1.4 mmol) sodium per 600 mg, or 63.1 mg (2.7 mmol) sodium per 1.2 g vials.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 30?C). Protect from moisture.
Reconstituted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. Use within 20 minutes of preparation.
Diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. Use within 60 minutes of preparation. Stable when:
- diluted with water for injection (50 mL): at room temperature (below 25?C) or refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 4 hours.
- diluted with sodium chloride 0.9% (50 mL): refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 4 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: amoxicillin + clavulanic acid.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 1.2 g every 8 hours 2.
Severe infection: 1.2 g every 6 hours.
Surgical prophylaxis: 1.2 g as a single dose up to 30 minutes before surgery. Dose may be repeated every 8 hours for a total of 2 or 3 doses.
In patients with renal impairment:3
GFR 10 to 30 mL/minute: 1.2 g every 12 hours.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 1.2 g initially, followed by 600 mg every 8 hours or 1.2 g every 12 hours.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding an appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial Size |
600 mg |
1.2 mg |
Complete vial use |
10 mL |
20 mL |
Part vial use ~ 60 mg/mL |
9.5 mL |
19 mL |
- Agitate vial until powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use, and use within 20 minutes of reconstitution.
- Discard any unused reconstituted solution.
Administration notes:
- Inject slowly over 3 to 4 minutes.
- May be injected directly into vein or via a drip tube.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose to suitable
volume of compatible IV fluid:
- 600 mg to 50 mL.
- 1.2 g to 100 mL.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Lactated Ringers (Hartmann?s).
AVOID: glucose (dextrose), dextran or sodium bicarbonate.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends amoxicillin plus clavulanic acid should NOT be mixed with blood products, proteinaceous fluids or lipid emulsions.
- Limited data is available regarding drug incompatibilities or compatibilities 10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use, and use within 60 minutes of preparation. However, if storage is required, see ?Storage? above.
- For refrigerated solutions, prepare with chilled diluent and use immediately when the solution attains room temperature.
Administration notes:
-
Infuse slowly over 30 to 40 minutes.
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Amoxicillin + clavulanic acid - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
|
Dose |
Example |
|
600 mg infused over 40 minutes |
600 mg infused over 30 minutes |
1.2 g infused over 40 minutes |
1.2 g infused over 30 minutes |
|
Dose rate in |
g/h |
|
0.9 |
1.2 |
1.8 |
2.4 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
|
Dose rate in |
mL/h |
|
12 mg/mL |
600 mg in 50 mL |
75 |
100 |
- |
- |
12 mg/mL |
1.2 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
150 |
200 |
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematologic function periodically during prolonged therapy.
- Ensure adequate hydration and urinary output in patients receiving high doses to reduce the risk of amoxicillin crystalluria.
- Observe infusion site for thrombophlebitis. Change site every 48 hours.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Amoxiclav [Medsafe Datasheet]. Multichem NZ Limited, 04 April 2012
- New Zealand Formulary. Amoxicillin + clavulanic acid [Accessed 20 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
AMPICILLIN SODIUM
TRADE NAME:
AMPICYN, AUSTRAPEN, IBIMYCIN
DRUG CLASS:
Penicillin antibiotic
AVAILABILITY:
Vial contains 500 mg or 1 g of ampicillin as ampicillin sodium.1
pH:
8?10 when reconstituted2.
PREPARATION:
For IM use : Reconstitute the vial with 1.5 mL of water for injections.
1
For IV use : Reconstitute the vial with 10?20 mL of water for injections.
1
If a part dose is required, alternative dilutions are:
1
Vial size |
500 mg |
500 mg |
500 mg |
1 g |
1 g |
1 g |
Reconstitute with |
1.7 mL |
2.2 mL |
4.7 mL |
1.3 mL |
3.3 mL |
9.3 mL |
Approximate concentration |
250 mg/mL |
200 mg/mL |
100 mg/mL |
500 mg/mL |
250 mg/mL |
100 mg/mL |
Powder volume : 500 mg ? 0.3 mL, 1 g ? 0.7 mL
3
ADMINISTRATION:
IM injection : Inject deep into a large muscle.1
SUBCUT injection : Not recommended
IV injection : Dilute dose in 10?20 mL of compatible fluid and inject over 3 to 5 minutes.1
IV infusion : Dilute with a compatible fluid to a convenient volume (e.g. 50?100 mL) and infuse over 30 to 40 minutes.1
IV use for infants and children: Dilute to 100 mg/mL and inject over at least 3 to 5 minutes. For doses larger than 500 mg, dilute to 30 mg/mL and infuse over 15 to 30 minutes.4,5
STABILITY:
Vial : Store below 25 ?C.1
Reconstituted solution : Use immediately after reconstitution.1
Diluted solutions : Use immediately after dilution. Stable for 24 hours at 2 to 8 ?C in sodium chloride 0.9% (30 mg/mL) and Ringer?s solution (8 mg/mL). More concentrated solutions are unstable.1
COMPATIBILITY:
Compatible fluids : Ringer's1,2, sodium chloride 0.9%1,2
Compatible via Y-site : Aciclovir2, amifostine2, anidulafungin2, aztreonam2, bivalirudin2, dexmedetomidine2, esmolol2, filgrastim2, foscarnet2, granisetron2, heparin sodium2, labetalol2, linezolid2, magnesium sulfate2, morphine sulfate2, pethidine2, potassium chloride2, remifentanil2
Compatible in syringe : Chloramphenicol2, colistin2, heparin sodium (for at least 5 minutes)2
INCOMPATIBILITY:
Incompatible fluids : Dextran1,2, glucose 5%1, glucose in sodium chloride solutions1
However, ampicillin can be injected into the side arm of a glucose infusion as the contact time with the solution is insufficient to cause significant drug degradation.1
Other incompatibilities include: blood products2, fat emulsions2, polygeline6
Incompatible drugs : Adrenaline hydrochloride2, aminoglycosides ? amikacin, gentamicin, tobramycin2, aminophylline6, atropine1, buprenorphine6, caspofungin2, chlorpromazine2, clindamycin1, dobutamine6, dolasetron1, dopamine2, ergometrine1, fluconazole2, ganciclovir6, haloperidol lactate6, hydralazine2, ketamine6, lincomycin2, lorazepam6, metoclopramide2, midazolam2, mycophenolate mofetil6, ondansetron2, pentamidine6, prochlorperazine2, promethazine6, protamine6, sodium bicarbonate2, tranexamic acid6, verapamil2
SPECIAL NOTES:
Contraindication: Patients with severe hypersensitivity to penicillins, carbapenems and cephalosporin antibiotics.
Rapid IV administration can cause seizures.1
Each gram of ampicillin sodium contains 2.7 mmol of sodium.1
REFERENCES
- Product information. AusDI [Internet]. Sydney: Phoenix Medical Publishing; 2006. Updated 02/08/13. Accessed 22/08/13.
- Trissel LA. Handbook on injectable drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, Maryland: American Society of Health System Pharmacists; 2013.
- Royal Children?s Hospital Pharmacy Department. Paediatric injectable guidelines. 4th ed. Flemington, Vic: The Royal Children?s Hospital; 2011.
- Taketomo C, Hodding J, Kraus D. Paediatric and neonatal dosage handbook. 19th ed. Hudson, Ohio: American Pharmacists Association. Lexicomp; 2012.
- Phelps SJ, Hageman TM, Lee KR, Thompson AJ. Paediatric injectable drugs. The teddy bear book. 10th ed. Bethesda, Maryland: American Society of Health System Pharmacists; 2013.
- Ampicillin. In: IV index. Trissel's 2 clinical pharmaceutics database (parenteral compatibility). Greenwood Village, Colorado: Truven Health Analytics. Accessed 21/02/11.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
ANIDULAFUNGIN
DRUG CLASS:
Echinocandin antifungal
AVAILABILITY:
Vial contains 100 mg of anidulafungin. Also contains fructose, mannitol, polysorbate-80, tartaric acid, hydrochloric acid and/or sodium hydroxide.
pH:
5 when reconstituted2.
PREPARATION:
Reconstitute the vial with 30 mL of water for injections to make a concentration of 3.33 mg/mL. It may take up to 5 minutes to dissolve.1
ADMINISTRATION:
IM injection : No information
SUBCUT injection : No information
IV injection : Not recommended
IV infusion : Dilute the reconstituted solution with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5% using the following table.
1 The concentration of the infusion solution is 0.77 mg/mL. Infuse at a rate of 1.4 mL/minute (1.1 mg/minute) or slower. Inspect for particles or discolouration.
1
Dose |
No of vials |
Reconstituted volume |
Fluid volume |
Total infusion volume |
Rate of infusion |
Minimum infusion time |
100 mg |
1 |
30 mL |
100 mL |
130 mL |
1.4 mL/min |
90 minutes |
200 mg |
2 |
60 mL |
200 mL |
260 mL |
1.4 mL/min |
180 minutes |
STABILITY:
Vial : Store at 2 to 8 ?C. Do not freeze.1
Reconstituted solution : Stable for 1 hour when stored at 2 to 8 ?C.1
Diluted solutions : Store at 2 to 8 ?C and complete infusion within 24 hours of reconstitution.1
COMPATIBILITY:
Compatible fluids : Glucose 5%1, sodium chloride 0.9%1
Compatible via Y-site : Aciclovir3, adrenaline hydrochloride3, amikacin3, aminophylline3, ampicillin3, calcium folinate3, cefepime3, cefoxitin3, ceftazidime3, ceftriaxone3, cefazolin3, ciprofloxacin3, clindamycin3, cyclosporin3, dexamethasone3, digoxin3, dobutamine3, dopamine3, doripenem3, erythromycin3, fentanyl3, fluconazole3, frusemide3, ganciclovir3, gentamicin3, heparin sodium3, hydrocortisone sodium succinate3, imipenem-cilastatin3, linezolid3, meropenem3, methylprednisolone sodium succinate3, metronidazole3, midazolam3, morphine sulfate3, mycophenolate mofetil3, noradrenaline3, pethidine3, phenylephrine3, piperacillin-tazobactam (EDTA-free)3, potassium chloride3, ranitidine3, tacrolimus3, ticarcillin-clavulanate3, tobramycin3, trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole,3 vancomycin3, voriconazole3, zidovudine3
Compatible in syringe : No information
INCOMPATIBILITY:
Incompatible fluids : No information
Incompatible drugs : Ertapenem3, magnesium sulfate2, potassium phosphates2, sodium bicarbonate3, sodium phosphates2
SPECIAL NOTES:
Minimise infusion-related reactions such as rash, urticaria, flushing and pruritis by infusing at a rate of 1.1 mg/minute or slower.1
REFERENCES
- Product information. AusDI [Internet]. Sydney: Phoenix Medical Publishing; 2006. Updated 02/08/13. Accessed 26/08/13.
- Anidulafungin. In: IV index [Internet]. Trissel's 2 clinical pharmaceutics database (parenteral compatibility). Greenwood Village, Colorado: Truven Health Analytics. Accessed 26/08/13.
- Trissel LA. Handbook on injectable drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, Maryland: American Society of Health System Pharmacists; 2013.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
AZITHROMYCIN
TRADE NAME:
AZITH, AZITHROMYCIN ALPHAPHARM, AZITHROMYCIN DBL, ZITHROMAX
DRUG CLASS:
Macrolide antibiotic
AVAILABILITY:
Vial contains 500 mg of azithromycin. Also contains citric acid and sodium hydroxide.1
pH:
6.3?7 when reconstituted1.
PREPARATION:
Reconstitute each vial with 4.8 mL of water for injections to make a concentration of 100 mg/mL. Shake until dissolved. Discard if particles present.1
ADMINISTRATION:
IM injection : Not recommended1
SUBCUT injection : No information
IV injection : Not recommended1
IV infusion : Dilute 5 mL of the reconstituted solution in either 500 mL to make a concentration of 1 mg/mL and infuse over 3 hours or in 250 mL to make a concentration of 2 mg/mL and infuse over 1 hour1
IV use for infants and children: Dilute to 1 mg/mL and infuse over 3 hours or dilute to 2 mg/mL and infuse over 1 hour.2
STABILITY:
Vial : Store below 25 ?C. Protect from light.1
Reconstituted solution : Stable for 24 hours at 30 ?C.1
Diluted solutions : Stable for 24 hours at 30 ?C or 2 to 8 ?C.1
COMPATIBILITY:
Compatible fluids : Glucose 5%1, glucose in sodium chloride solutions1, Hartmann's1, sodium chloride 0.9%1, sodium chloride 0.45%1
Compatible via Y-site : Bivalirudin3, ceftaroline fosamil3, dexmedetomidine3, doripenem3, tigecycline3
Compatible in syringe : Not applicable1
INCOMPATIBILITY:
Incompatible fluids : No information
Incompatible drugs : Amikacin3, amiodarone4, aztreonam3, cefotaxime3, ceftazidime3, ceftriaxone3, chlorpromazine4, ciprofloxacin3, clindamycin3, fentanyl3, frusemide3, gentamicin3, imipenem-cilastatin3, ketorolac3, midazolam4, morphine sulfate3, mycophenolate mofetil4, pentamidine4, piperacillin-tazobactam (EDTA-free)3, potassium chloride3, ticarcillin-clavulanate3, tobramycin3
SPECIAL NOTES:
Solutions of a concentration greater than 2 mg/mL may cause local infusion-site reactions.1
Severe allergic reactions may occur.1
Azithromycin contains 114 mg (4.96 mmol) sodium per vial.5
REFERENCES
- Product information. AusDI [Internet]. Sydney: Phoenix Medical Publishing; 2006. Updated 02/08/13. Accessed 29/08/13
- Phelps SJ, Hageman TM, Lee KR, Thompson AJ. Paediatric injectable drugs. The teddy bear book. 10th ed. Bethesda, Maryland: American Society of Health System Pharmacists; 2013.
- Trissel LA. Handbook on injectable drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, Maryland: American Society of Health System Pharmacists; 2013.
- Azithromycin. In: IV index. Trissel's 2 clinical pharmaceutics database (parenteral compatibility). Greenwood Village, Colorado: Truven Health Analytics. Accessed 29/09/10.
- McEvoy GK. editor. AHFS 2013 drug information. Bethesda, Maryland: American Society of Health System Pharmacists; 2013

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
AMOXICILLIN
Synonym:
amoxicillin
Antibacterial ? Penicillin
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Ibiamox (Douglas Pharmaceuticals) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ?250 mg. 500 mg and 1 g powder for reconstitution. Each vial contains amoxicillin sodium equivalent to 250 mg. 500 mg or 1 g amoxicillin.
Properties:
Physical description: White to cream powder. Reconstituted solution is red initially, but ranges to from clear to pale yellow.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 8 to 10 6,7.
Sodium content: 2.6 mmol per 1 gram of amoxicillin sodium 5,7,10 = 15 mg per 250 mg, 30 mg per 500 mg, and 60 mg per 1 gram vial of Ibiamox 12.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from moisture. Protect from light.
Reconstituted and diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. However solutions are stable at room temperature for up to 1 hour and longer in: sodium chloride 0.9% stable for up to 6 hours, Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann?s) stable for up to 3 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring toNZ Formulary: amoxicillin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 250 mg to 500 mg every 8 hours; increased to 1 g every 6 hours in severe infection.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 500 mg every 8 hours increased to 1 g every 6 hours in severe infection 2.
Listeria meningitis, endocarditis: 2 g every 4 hours 2.
In patients with renal impairment: GFR less than 10 mL/minute: maximum dose 6 g per day 3.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Usual dose: 500 mg every 8 hours 2. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV administration to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength. |
Vial Size |
250 mg |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use |
5 mL |
5 mL to 10 mL 1,10 |
5 mL to 20 mL 1,10 |
Part vial use ~ 50 mg/mL |
4.8 mL |
- |
- |
Part vial use ~ 100 mg/mL |
- |
4.6 mL |
- |
Part vial use ~ 200 mg/mL |
- |
- |
4.2 mL |
- Shake vigorously until all the powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter. Do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Inject into peripheral vein or central line slowly over 3 to 4 minutes, preferably longer for higher doses. Some sources recommend not exceeding a rate of 100 mg/minute 11.
- May be injected into side arm of a compatible infusion solution.
- Rapid IV administration may result in seizures 7.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute solution as for direct IV injection then further dilute by adding required dose to 50 to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid.
- Concentrations of 50 mg/mL are substantially less stable than those at 10 to 20 mg/mL 10.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
AVOID: Solutions containing carbohydrate, e.g. glucose - amoxicillin sodium is less stable.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends amoxicillin should NOT be mixed with blood products, proteinaceous fluids or lipid emulsions.
- Limited data is available regarding drug incompatibilities or compatibilities 7,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter. Do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 30 to 60 minutes.
- Infuse via peripheral or central line.
-
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Amoxicillin - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
|
Dose |
Example |
|
500 mg infused over 1 hour |
infused over 1 hour 500 mg over 30 minutes or 1 g over 1 hour |
1 g infused over 30 minutes or 2 g infused over 1 hour |
2 g infused over 30 minutes |
|
Dose rate in |
g/h |
|
0.5 |
1 |
2 |
4 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
|
Dose rate in |
mL/h |
|
5 mg/mL |
500 mg in 100 mL |
100 |
200 |
- |
- |
10 mg/mL |
500 mg in 50 mL |
50 |
100 |
- |
- |
10 mg/mL |
1 g in 100 mL |
50 |
100 |
200 |
- |
20 mg/mL |
1 g in 50 mL |
- |
50 |
100 |
- |
20 mg/mL |
2 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
100 |
200 |
40 mg/mL |
2 g in 50 mL |
- |
- |
50 |
100 |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IM administration to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength. |
Vial Size |
250 mg |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use |
5 mL |
5 mL to 10 mL 1,10 |
5 mL to 20 mL 1,10 |
Part vial use ~ 50 mg/mL |
4.8 mL |
- |
- |
Part vial use ~ 100 mg/mL |
- |
4.6 mL |
- |
Part vial use ~ 200 mg/mL |
- |
- |
4.2 mL |
- Shake vigorously until all the powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection (may be painful)
- Other: Lignocaine 1%.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. Use prepared injection within 1 hour.
Administration notes:
- Inject by deep intramuscular injection into large muscle 7.
- Doses larger than 500 mg should be divided and injected at more than one site 7.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis 4,9.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematologic function periodically, with prolonged therapy 4,9.
- Ensure adequate hydration and urinary output in patients receiving high doses to reduce the risk of amoxicillin crystalluria.
- Observe infusion site for thrombophlebitis 9. Change site every 48 hours 11.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Ibiamox [Medsafe Datasheet]. Douglas Pharmaceuticals, 06 October 2011
- New Zealand Formulary. Amoxicillin [Accessed 20 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ Accessed 20 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Personal communication. Sodium content in Ibiamox preparations. Data on file. Douglas Pharmaceuticals, 16 July 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
AZTREONAM
Antibacterial ? Monobactam
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Azactam (Bristol-Myers Squibb) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 1 gram powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white powder. Reconstituted solutions range from colourless, light straw yellow to a slight pink tint solution (pink tint does not affect potency).
Excipients: L-arginine.
pH: 4.5 to 7.5.
Sodium content: None.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 30?C). Protect from moisture and light 5.
Exposure to strong light may cause yellowing of powder 10.
Reconstituted solution for IM injection: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 48 hours and refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 7 days.
Reconstituted solution for IV injection (greater than 20 mg/mL): Prepare immediately before use and use promptly. Discard any unused solution.
Diluted solution for IV infusion (20 mg/mL or less): Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 48 hours and refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 7 days.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: aztreonam.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 500 mg to 2 g every 8 to 12 hours, increased to 2 g every 6 to 8 hours for severe infections. Maximum 8 g/day.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 10 to 30 mL/minute: 1 to 2 g loading dose followed by 50% of appropriate maintenance dose 3,5.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 1 to 2 g loading dose followed by 25% of appropriate maintenance dose 3,5.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Usual dose: 500 mg to 1 g every 8 to 12 hours 2,5.
Gonorrhoea; cystitis: 1 g as a single dose. Doses larger than 1 g should be administered by the IV route.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding an appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength. |
Vial Size |
1 g |
Complete vial use |
6 to 10 mL |
Part vial use ~100 mg/mL |
8.8 mL 7 |
- Immediately shake the vial vigorously until all the powder is completely dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use.
- Discard any unused solution.
Administration notes:
- Inject slowly over 3 to 5 minutes.
- Administer directly into vein or IV tubing 11.
- Flush before and after administration.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration not to exceed 20 mg/mL (2% w/v).
-
Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further with at least 50 mL of compatible IV fluid per gram of aztreonam, e.g.:
- 0.5 g in 50 mL (10 mg/mL)
- 1 g in 50 mL (20 mg/mL)
- 1.5 g in 100 mL (15 mg/mL)
- 2 g in 100 mL (20 mg/mL).
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations, Mannitol, Ringer's.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- The manufacturer states that aztreonam should not be admixed with other drugs or antibiotics, and when administering drugs via a common administration set flush before and after delivery with an infusion solution that is compatible with both drugs.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 20 to 60 minutes.
- Administer via a large vein.
- Flush IV tubing before and after administration.
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute 1 gram vial by adding 3 mL of compatible diluent for IM injection.
- Immediately shake the vial vigorously until all the powder is completely dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection
- Sodium chloride 0.9%.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Any unused solution must be discarded.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into a large muscle mass (such as upper, outer quadrant of the gluteus maximus or the lateral part of the thigh).
- Usually well tolerated, and should not be admixed with a local anaesthetic agent 1,5.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before the first dose.
- Monitor renal and hepatic function periodically.
- Monitor injection site for signs of thrombophlebitis. Use small needles and large veins, and change injection/infusion sites regularly 9.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Azactam [Medsafe Datasheet]. Bristol-Myers Squibb (NZ) Limited, 1 October 2013
- New Zealand Formulary. Aztreonam [Accessed 14 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 14 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
BENZYLPENICILLIN SODIUM
Synonym:
penicillin G sodium
Antibacterial ? Penicillin
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Penicillin G Sodium (Novartis) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 600 mg powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains benzylpenicillin sodium 600 mg equivalent to 1 MU (million units).
Properties:
Physical description: White to whitish powder. Reconstituted and diluted solutions are clear.
Excipients: None.
pH: 5.5 to 7.5 10.
Sodium content: 1.68 mmol sodium per 600 mg of benzylpenicillin sodium.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted and diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use (rapid degradation in solution unless buffered).
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: benzylpenicillin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 600 mg to 1.2 g every 6 hours, increased if necessary up to 1.2 g to 2.4 g every 4 hours for more serious infections 2. Usual maximum dose 14.4 g/day 3.
Intrapartum prophylaxis against group B streptococcal infection: initially 3 g then 1.5 g every 4 hours until delivery 2.
In patients with severe renal impairment 3: Maximum dose 4.8 g/day.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Suitable for total daily doses of 6 g (10 MU) or more 10. Dilute total daily dose in 1,000 mL compatible IV fluid (needs to be prepared as a buffered solution to improve stability) and infuse over 24 hours 4,7. Consult pharmacy. |
IM injection |
Preferred route.
Usual dose: 600 mg to 1.2 g every 6 hours.
Doses greater than 1.2 g may be better administered via the IV route, however, up to 6 g doses may be given if divided between more than one injection sites.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
A final concentration of 60 mg/mL is isotonic.
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible IV diluent to the vial.
Reconstituted solution strength. |
Vial Size |
600 mg (displacement 0.4 mL) |
Complete vial use ~ 60 mg/mL |
9.6 mL (isotonic) |
Partial vial use ~ 150 mg/mL |
3.6 mL |
Partial vial use ~ 200 mg/mL |
2.6 mL |
Partial vial use ~ 300 mg/mL |
1.6 mL |
- Rotate the vial while adding water for injection slowly, directing the stream against the wall of the vial 9,10.
- Shake the vial vigorously until dissolved 10.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV injection:
- Water for injection
-
Glucose (dextrose 5%) 7.
AVOID: Sodium chloride 0.9%, Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's), Ringer's (sodium containing fluids are not recommended as diluents due to their additional electrolyte content 7).
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before administration ? rapid degradation in solution (unless buffered).
- Discard any unused reconstituted solution.
Administration notes:
- Inject slowly over 3 to 10 minutes, maximum rate 300 mg/minute 7.
- For doses greater than 6 grams daily, alternate injection sites every 2 days (to prevent superinfections and thrombophlebitis).
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection.
- Dilute further by adding the required dose to 50 mL to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid 4,9.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Water for injection
- Glucose (dextrose 5%) 7
- Sodium chloride 0.9% ? provided the benzylpenicillin dose not too high (potential to enhance electrolyte imbalances).
AVOID: Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's), Ringer's.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Benzylpenicillin sodium is readily destroyed by oxidising agents, reducing agents, alkaline or acidic solutions (pH outside 5.4 to 8.5), and salts of easily reducible metals, e.g. iron, copper, zinc.
- Manufacturer states the following specific drug incompatibilities: cimetidine, cytarabine, chlorpromazine, dopamine and other sympathomimetic amines, heparin, lincomycin, metaraminol, sodium bicarbonate, thiopental sodium, vancomycin, vitamin B and C complex. This list is not comprehensive.
- Other standard sources recommend some drug compatibilities 9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before administration ? rapid degradation in solution.
- Discard any unused reconstituted or diluted solution.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 30 to 60 minutes; sometimes up to 120 minutes 4,6,7,11.
-
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Benzyl penicillin sodium - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
Dose Example |
600 mg over 30 minutes or 1.2 g over 60 minutes |
1.2 g over 30 minutes or 2.4 g over 60 minutes |
1.5 g over 30 minutes or 3 g over 60 minutes |
2.4 g over 30 minutes |
3 g over 30 minutes or 6 g over 60 minutes |
Dose rate in g/h |
1.2 |
2.4 |
3 |
4.8 |
6 |
Infusion solution concentration |
converts to Dose rate in mL/h |
6 mg/mL |
600 mg in 100 mL |
200 |
- |
- |
- |
- |
12 mg/mL |
600 mg in 50 mL |
100 |
200 |
- |
- |
- |
12 mg/mL |
1.2 g in 100 mL |
100 |
200 |
- |
- |
- |
24 mg/mL |
1.2 g in 50 mL |
50 |
100 |
- |
- |
- |
24 mg/mL |
2.4 g in 100 mL |
- |
100 |
- |
200 |
- |
30 mg/mL |
1.5 g in 50 mL |
- |
- |
100 |
- |
- |
30 mg/mL |
3 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
100 |
- |
200 |
- For doses greater than 6 grams daily, alternate injection sites every 2 days (to prevent superinfections and thrombophlebitis).
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Recommended concentration is about 300 mg/mL.
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IM administration.
Reconstituted solution strength. |
Vial Size |
600 mg (displacement 0.4 mL) |
Complete vial use |
2 mL |
Partial vial use ~ 300 mg/mL |
1.6 mL |
- Rotate the vial while adding water for injection slowly, directing the stream against the wall of the vial 9,10.
- Shake the vial vigorously until dissolved 10.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before administration ? rapid degradation in solution.
- Discard any unused solution.
Administration notes:
- Administer by deep injection in the upper outer quadrant of the buttock or Hochstetter's ventrogluteal field.
- Administer up to 5 mL of solution per injection site. Use alternative injection sites for repeated injections.
- Do not administer doses of more than 6 grams twice daily intramuscularly.
- Injection may be painful ? apply ice to the injection site to alleviate pain and discomfort 11.
- Consider the delayed absorption from the IM depot in diabetics.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- ENSURE IT IS THE CORRECT PRODUCT. Benzylpenicillin (or penicillin G) is available as the sodium salt (benzylpenicillin sodium for IV and IM injection - this preparation), the benzathine salt (benzathine benzylpenicillin for IM injection only), the procaine salt (procaine benzylpenicillin for IM injection only).
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis and for 30 minutes after administration.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor electrolytes, and renal, hepatic and haematologic function periodically during prolonged therapy.
- Observe for changes bowel frequency ? risk of pseudomembranous colitis with prolonged therapy.
- For dose of more than 10 MU, consider a continuous infusion to prevent potential electrolyte imbalances, and for doses greater than 20 MU to avoid potential convulsions 10.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Penicillin G Sodium [Medsafe Datasheet]. Novartis, 09 December 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Benzylpenicillin [Accessed 20 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 20 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CASPOFUNGIN
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Cancidas ® (Merck Sharp & Dohme) 1
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 50 mg powder for reconstitution.
Infusion: Vial ? 70 mg powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains caspofungin acetate equivalent to 50 mg or 70 mg caspofungin base.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white lypophilised powder. Reconstituted solution is clear.
Excipients: Sucrose, mannitol, glacial acetic acid, sodium hydroxide (for pH adjustment).
pH: 6.6 7,10.
Sodium content: No information.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Refrigerate (between 2?C to 8?C). Do not freeze 7. Discard if exposed to room temperature for longer than 48 hours 10.
Reconstituted solution: Stable when stored at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours before the diluted solution is prepared for use.
Diluted solution for infusion: Stable when stored at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours, or when refrigerated (between 2?C and 8?C) for up to 48 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: caspofungin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Empirical therapy, invasive candidiasis, invasive aspergillosis: 70 mg loading dose on day 1, followed by 50 mg daily thereafter.
Oesophageal or oropharyngeal candidiasis: 50 mg daily.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Remove vial from fridge, and allow to reach room temperature.
- Reconstitute by adding 10.5 mL water for injection or sodium chloride 0.9%.
- Mix gently until completely dissolved producing a clear solution.
-
Concentration of reconstituted solution is:
- 7.2 mg/mL (70 mg vial)
- 5.2 mg/mL (50 mg vial).
-
Further dilute the required dose from the reconstituted solution to 250 mL compatible IV fluid.
- A reduced volume (100 mL) may be used for 50 mg or 35 mg doses only.
Dose |
Volume of reconstituted solution for transfer to IV bag |
Infusion concentration when added to 250 mL |
Infusion concentration when added to 100 mL |
70 mg |
10 mL |
0.28 mg/mL |
- |
70 mg (from two 50 mg vials) |
14 mL |
0.28 mg/mL |
- |
50 mg |
10 mL |
0.2 mg/mL |
0.47 mg/mL |
35 mg (from one 70 mg vial) |
5 mL |
0.14 mg/mL |
0.34 mg/mL |
35 mg (from one 50 mg vial) |
7 mL |
0.14 mg/mL |
0.34 mg/mL |
Compatibility ? Diluent appropriate to RECONSTITUTE solution:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Water for infection.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann?s).
- AVOID: Glucose-containing solutions 8.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information regarding drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Other sources recommend a range of drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Stable when stored at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours, or when refrigerated (between 2?C and 8?C) for up to 48 hours.
Administration notes:
- Infuse slowly over 1 hour.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for possible allergic type reaction during infusion (rash, flushing, pruritus, facial oedema) 4,11.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Cancidas? [Medsafe Datasheet]. Merck Sharp & Dohme (New Zealand) Limited, 03 October 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Caspofungin [Accessed 22 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 22 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.2 May 2013). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2012
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CEFEPIME (cefEPIME) HYDROCHLORIDE
Antibacterial ? Cephalosporin - 4th generation
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
DBL Cefepime (Hospira) 1
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion:Vial ?1 g and 2 g powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to pale yellow powder. Reconstituted solutions range from pale yellow to amber coloured transparent solution.
Excipients: L-arginine (to control pH).
pH: 4 to 6.
Sodium content:No information.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use (contains no preservative). However solutions may be refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours. Protect from light. Solution may darken on storage without affecting potency.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use (contains no preservative). However solutions at concentrations between 1 mg/mL and 40 mg/mL may be stored at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours 7.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: cefepime.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 500 mg to 1 g every 12 hours; increased in severe infections to 2 g every 12 hours; and in life-threatening infections up to 2 g every 8 hours.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 30 to 50 mL/minute: reduce dose frequency.
GFR 10 to 30 mL/minute: reduce dose frequency ? reduce dose.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: reduce dose frequency and reduce dose.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Usual dose: 500 mg to 1 g every 12 hours.
This route is NOT recommended for doses greater than 1 g.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible IV diluent to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
1 g |
2 g |
Complete vial use ~88 mg/mL |
10 mL |
- |
Complete vial use ~158 mg/mL |
- |
10 mL |
Partial vial use ~100 mg/mL |
8.7 mL 7 |
17.4 mL 7 |
- Shake gently until dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Inspect visually for particulate matter before administration; do not use if particulate matter present.
Administration notes:
- Inject into peripheral vein or side arm ? may be given directly into the vein or introduced into the tubing of the giving set if the patient is receiving compatible IV fluids.
- Inject slowly over 3 to 5 minutes.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration not to exceed 40 mg/mL 9.
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose in 50 to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid 5,7.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose and sodium chloride combinations. AVOID: Mannitol 7.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibilities: gentamicin, metronidazole, tobramycin, vancomycin. Other sources state further incompatibilities 7,10,11.
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug compatibilities: heparin (10 to 50 unit/mL), potassium chloride (10 or 40 mmol/L), theophylline (0.8 mg/mL in glucose 5%), amikacin. Other sources recommend further compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs and specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Inspect visually for particulate matter before administration; do not use if particulate matter present.
Administration notes:
- Inject into peripheral vein ? may be given directly into the vein or introduced into the tubing of the giving set if the patient is receiving compatible IV fluids.
- Infuse over 30 minutes.
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Cefepime - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
Dose Example |
500 mg infused over 30 minutes |
1 g infused over 30 minutes |
2 g infused over 30 minutes |
- |
Dose rate in g/h |
1 |
2 |
4 |
- |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
Dose rate in mL/h |
5 mg/mL |
500 mg in 100 mL |
200 |
- |
- |
- |
10 mg/mL |
500 mg in 50 mL |
100 |
- |
- |
- |
10 mg/mL |
1 g in 100 mL |
- |
200 |
- |
- |
20 mg/mL |
1 g in 50 mL |
- |
100 |
- |
- |
20 mg/mL |
2 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
200 |
- |
40 mg/mL |
2 g in 50 mL |
- |
- |
100 |
- |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible IM diluent to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
1 g |
Complete vial use ~233 mg/mL |
3 mL |
Partial vial use ~200 mg/mL |
3.7 mL |
- Shake gently until dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Others: Lignocaine 0.5%, Lignocaine 1% (IM injection only). Not usually required because cefepime causes little or no irritation upon IM administration.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into large muscle mass (such as the upper, outer quadrant of the gluteus maximus).
- Does greater than 1 gram should not be administered intramuscularly. Consider IV administration.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity or anaphylaxis 4,9.
- Use with caution in patients with hypersensitivity to penicillin (possibility of cross-sensitivity) 11
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing required before first dose 11.
- Monitor injection site for thrombophlebitis. Change site regularly
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- DBL? Cefepime Powder for Injection [Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospira NZ Limited, 17 August 2011
- New Zealand Formulary. Cefepime [Accessed 06April 2015]
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 22 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CEFOTAXIME (cefOTAXIME) SODIUM
Antibacterial ? Cephalosporin - 3rd generation
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Cefotaxime Sandoz (Novartis)1a, DBL Cefotaxime (Hospira)1b.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ?500 mg and 1 g powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to pale yellow powder 1a,1b. Reconstituted solutions are pale yellow 1b.
Excipients: None 1a.
pH: 4.5 to 6.5 1b,5,6.
Sodium content: ~48 mg of sodium per 1 gram of cefotaxime 1a,1b.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted and diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 8 hours 1b, and refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours 1b.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: cefotaxime.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 1 g every 12 hours, increased in moderate infections to 1 to 2 g every 8 hours; in severe infections (e.g. meningitis) to 2 g every 6 hours; and in life-threatening infections up to 12 g per day in divided doses, e.g.4 g every 8 hours or 2 g every 4 hours, may be required 2,4
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: reduce dose by 50% and administer at the same frequency 1a,1b,4. Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not generally recommended. Consult pharmacist.
Some sources refer to this method but specific details are not provided 5,7,10.
One source recommends adding the dose to up to 1,000 mL of compatible IV fluid 5.
|
IM injection |
Usual dose: 1 g every 8 to 12 hours.
Gonorrhoea: 500 mg as a single dose (with oral probenecid) 1a,1b, or 1 g as a single dose 1a,1b depending on the organism.
This route is NOT recommended for severe infections 5
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding the appropriate volume of compatible IV diluent to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use |
2 mL 1a |
4 mL 1b |
Partial vial use ~ 200 mg/mL |
2.2 mL |
4.6 mL |
- Shake well until dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject into peripheral vein or side arm - may be given directly into the vein preferably using butterfly or scalp vein-type needles 5,10 or via the tubing of the giving set if the patient is receiving compatible IV fluids 10,11.
- Inject slowly over 3 to 5 minutes 3,4,6,10. Do not inject over less than 3 minutes as rapid injection (less than 1 minute) has been associated with potentially life-threatening arrhythmias 5,6.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose in 40 to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid 5,6
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose and sodium chloride combinations, Dextran 40 or 70 in glucose 5% or sodium chloride 0.9%.
AVOID: Sodium bicarbonate or other alkaline solutions (pH > 7.5).
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturers specifically state the following drug incompatibilities: aminoglycosides. Other sources state further incompatibilities 6,10.
- Some sources state some drug compatibilities 6,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Infuse into peripheral vein. Rapid infusion via central venous catheter may cause life-threatening arrhythmias 1a.
- Infuse over 15 to 60 minutes 1a,3,4,5,6; usually 20 to 30 minutes 9,10.
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Cefotaxime - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
Dose Example |
1 g infused over 1 hour |
1 g infused over 30 minutes or 2 g infused over 1 hour |
2 g infused over 30 minutes or 4 g infused over 60 minutes |
2 g infused over 15 minutes or 4 g infused over 30 minutes |
Dose rate in g/h |
1 |
2 |
4 |
8 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
Dose rate in mL/h |
10 mg/mL |
1 g in 100 mL |
100 |
200 |
- |
- |
20 mg/mL |
1 g in 50 mL |
50 |
100 |
- |
- |
20 mg/mL |
2 g in 100 mL |
- |
100 |
200 |
400 |
40 mg/mL |
2 g in 50 mL |
- |
50 |
100 |
200 |
40 mg/mL |
4 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
100 |
200 |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding the appropriate amount of water for injection to the vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use |
2 mL 1a |
4 mL 1b |
- Shake well until dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection (may be painful).
- Others: Lignocaine 0.5%, Lignocaine 1% (IM injection only).
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use (no preservative).
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into large muscle, e.g. gluteal muscle or lateral thigh 7,11.
- AVOID injecting more than 4 mL of solution in either buttock. For doses of 2 grams or more, divide dose and administer at two injection sites 11.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity or anaphylaxis.
- Caution in patients with hypersensitivity to penicillins (possibility of cross-sensitivity 11).
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor liver, renal and haematological function periodically in prolonged treatment (longer than 7 days).
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
-
(a) Cefotaxime Sandoz [Medsafe Datasheet]. Novartis NZ Limited, 09 December 2014
(b) DBL Cefotaxime Sodium[Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospira NZ Limited, 13 February 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Cefotaxime [Accessed 6 April 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014.
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 06 April 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CEFOXITIN (cefOXITIN) SODIUM
Antibacterial ? Cephalosporin - 2nd generation
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
HospiraTM Cefoxitin Sodium (Hospira) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 1 g powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white powder. Reconstituted solution is clear to light amber 10.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 4.2 to 7.
Sodium content: 51.2 mg (2.2 mmol) sodium per 1 gram of cefoxitin.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted solutions for IV or IM injection: Prepare immediately before use. However, reconstituted solutions are chemically stable at room temperature (below 30?C) for at least 6 hours 4,7,10,11 and when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for several days 10,11, although it is recommended that the solution is stored only for up to 24 hours to reduce the risk of microbiological contamination.
Diluted solutions for IV infusion: Prepare immediately before use. However, diluted solutions are chemically stable at room temperature (below 30?C) for 18 hours 4,5,9 and when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for several days 10, although it is recommended that the solution is stored only for up to 24 hours to reduce the risk of microbiological contamination.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: cefoxitin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 1 to 2 g every 6 to 8 hours.
Severe or life-threatening infection: 3 g every 6 hours or 2 g every 4 hours.
Surgical prophylaxis: 2 g prior to surgery; repeated twice at 6-hourly intervals.
Caesarean section: 2 g as soon as the umbilical cord is clamped; repeated twice at 4-hourly intervals.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 30-50 mL/minute: 1 to 2 g every 8 to 12 hours 1,4,6.
GFR 10-30 mL/minute: 1 to 2 g every 12 to 24 hours 1,4,6.
GFR <10 mL/minute: 0.5 to 1 g every 12 to 24 hours 1,4,6.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patient.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not generally recommended. Consult pharmacist.
Some sources refer to this method but specific details are not provided 4,5,6,7. One source recommends adding the dose to up to 1,000 mL of compatible IV fluid 9,10.
|
IM injection |
Usual dose: 1 to 2 g every 6 to 8 hours.
Surgical prophylaxis: 2 g prior to surgery; repeated twice at 6 hour intervals.
Caesarean section: following an initial IV dose, 2 g twice at 4 hour intervals.
Gonorrhoea: 2 g as a single dose (with oral probenecid).
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration not to exceed 100 mg/mL.
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
1 g |
Complete vial use ~95 mg/mL |
10 mL |
Part vial use ~ 100 mg/mL |
9.5 mL 7 |
- Shake gently until all the powder is dissolved and let stand until clear.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
- Water for injection
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Others: Glucose 10%
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject into peripheral vein.
- Use butterfly or scalp vein-type needles (rather than indwelling catheters) to reduce the incidence of thrombophlebitis 5.
- Inject slowly over 3 to 5 minutes.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration not to exceed 40 mg/mL 4.
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose in 50 or 100 mL of compatible IV fluid 5,9.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 10%, Glucose and sodium chloride combinations, Mannitol 10% 4, Sodium bicarbonate 4.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer does not state any specific drug incompatibilities. However, other sources do state some incompatibilities 7,10,11.
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug compatibility: heparin (100 unit/mL). Other sources recommend further compatibilities 7,10,11. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' for diluted solutions above.
Administration notes:
- Infuse into peripheral vein directly using butterfly or scalp vein-type needles (rather than indwelling catheters) to reduce the incidence of thrombophlebitis 5 or via tubing running compatible IV fluids.
- Infuse over 10 to 60 minutes 4.
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Cefoxitin - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
Dose Example |
1 g infused over 30 minutes or 2 g infused over 1 hour |
1 g infused over 15 minutes or 2 g infused over 30 minute |
3 g infused over 1 hour |
3 g infused over 30 minutes |
Dose rate in g/h |
2 |
4 |
3 |
6 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
Dose rate in mL/h |
10 mg/mL |
1 g in 100 mL |
200 |
400 |
- |
- |
20 mg/mL |
1 g in 50 mL |
100 |
200 |
- |
- |
20 mg/mL |
2 g in 100 mL |
100 |
200 |
- |
- |
30 mg/mL |
3 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
100 |
200 |
40 mg/mL |
2 g in 50 mL |
50 |
100 |
- |
- |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration 400 mg/mL.
-
Reconstitute by adding 2 mL of compatible diluent for IM injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
1 g |
Complete vial use ~400 mg/mL |
2 mL |
- Shake gently until all the powder is dissolved and let stand until clear.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection
- Others: Lignocaine 0.5%; Lignocaine 1% (IM injection only).
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into a large muscle such as upper outer quadrant of gluteus 5.
- After needle insertion, draw back on plunger to ensure needle is not in a blood vessel 5.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis to cefoxitin.
- Caution in patients with hypersensitivity to penicillins (possibility of cross sensitivity) 11.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before administering the first dose 11.
- Monitor injection site for signs of thrombophlebitis. Use small needles, and large veins and rotate infusion sites. 9
- Monitor renal, liver and haematological function periodically during prolonged therapy 9.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Hospira Cefoxitin Sodium Powder for Injection [Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospira NZ Limited, 15 November 2011
- New Zealand Formulary. Cefoxitin [Accessed 05 April 2015]
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 05 April 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CEFTAZIDIME (cefTAZIDIME) PENTAHYDRATE
Antibacterial ? Cephalosporin - 3rd generation
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Fortum (GlaxoSmithKline) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ?500 mg, 1 g and 2 g powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to faintly yellow powder. Reconstituted solution is clear initially but may range from light yellow to amber depending on concentration, diluent and storage conditions.
Excipients: Sodium carbonate.
pH: 5 to 8 7.
Sodium content: 54 mg sodium per 1 gram of ceftazidime 10.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, reconstituted solutions are stable:
- when reconstituted with water for injection: at room temperature (below 25?C) for 12 hours and when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours 7.
- when reconstituted with lignocaine: at room temperature (below 25?C) for 6 hours and when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours 7.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, solution may be stable when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours
7.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: ceftazidime.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 1 g every 8 hours or 2 g every 12 hours.
Severe or life-threatening infection: 2 g every 8 hours or 3 g every 12 hours. Maximum dose 6 g/day (3 g/day in the elderly).
Cystic fibrosis (Pseudomonal infection): 100 to 150 mg/kg per day in 3 divided doses.
Surgical prophylaxis (prostatic surgery): 1 g up to 30 minutes before the procedure, repeat if necessary when catheter is removed 2.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 30 to 50 mL/minute: 1 to 2 g every 12 hours 3.
GFR 16 to 30 mL/minute: 1 to 2 g every 24 hours 3.
GFR 6 to 15 mL/minute: 500 mg to 1 g every 24 hours 3.
GFR less than 5 mL/minute: 500 mg to 1 g every 48 hours 3.
GFR less than 5 mL/minute: 500 mg to 1 g every 48 hours 3.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not generally recommended. Consult pharmacist.
One source refers to this method but specific details are not provided 5.
|
IM injection |
Usual dose: 500 mg to 1 g every 8 hours.
Do not administer single doses of more than 1 g intramuscularly 7.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial (see specific procedure on next page).
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
2 g |
Complete vial use ~90 mg/mL |
5 mL |
10 mL |
- |
Partial vial use ~100 mg/mL |
- |
8.9 mL 7 |
- |
Complete vial use ~170 mg/mL |
- |
- |
10 mL |
Partial vial use ~200 mg/mL |
- |
- |
8.2 mL 7 |
-
Procedure for reconstitution:
- Introduce the syringe needle through the vial closure and inject the diluent.
- Withdraw the needle and shake the vial gently to give a clear solution. Carbon dioxide is released and a positive pressure develops.
- Invert the vial. With the syringe piston fully depressed insert the needle into the solution. Withdraw the total volume of solution into the syringe ensuring that the needle remains in the solution. Small bubbles of carbon dioxide may be ignored.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject into peripheral vein or side arm - may be given directly into the vein or introduced into the tubing of a giving set if the patient is receiving IV fluids.
- Inject slowly over 3 to 5 minutes 5,7,9.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration not to exceed 40 mg/mL 7 unless patient is fluid restricted when higher concentrations may be used 10, e.g. sodium chloride 0.9% - 63 mg/mL, glucose (dextrose) 5% - 70 mg/mL.
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose in appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid, usually 50 or 100 mL.
-
Procedure for reconstitution and dilution for 1 and 2 gram vials:
- Introduce the syringe needle through the vial closure and inject 10 mL of diluent.
- Withdraw the needle and shake the vial gently to give a clear solution. Carbon dioxide is released and a positive pressure develops.
- Once the powder is completely dissolved, insert a needle through the vial closure to relieve the internal pressure. To preserve product sterility it is important that this performed only after the powder is completely dissolved.
- Transfer the reconstituted solution to compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 10%, Glucose and sodium chloride combination, Dextran 40 or 70 in sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%.
AVOID: Sodium bicarbonate.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibilities: aminoglycosides, vancomycin. Other sources state further incompatibilities 7,10,11.
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug compatibilities: cefuroxime, heparin (10 and 50 unit/mL), hydrocortisone sodium phosphate, metronidazole, potassium chloride (10 and 40 mmol/L). Other sources recommend further drug compatibilities 9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Infuse into peripheral vein directly or into tubing running compatible IV fluids.
- Infuse over 15 to 30 minutes 4,5,7,9,10,11.
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Ceftazidime - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
Dose Example |
1 g infused over 30 minutes |
1 g infused over 15 minutes or 2 g infused over 30 minute |
3 g infused over 30 minutes |
2 g infused over 15 minutes |
Dose rate in g/h |
2 |
4 |
6 |
8 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
Dose rate in mL/hour |
10 mg/mL |
1 g in 100 mL |
200 |
400 |
- |
- |
20 mg/mL |
1 g in 50 mL |
100 |
200 |
- |
- |
20 mg/mL |
2 g in 100 mL |
- |
200 |
- |
400 |
30 mg/mL |
3 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
200 |
- |
40 mg/mL |
2 g in 50 mL |
- |
100 |
- |
200 |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IM injection to vial (use same procedure as for direct IV injection but using appropriate IM diluent and volume).
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use ~260 mg/mL |
1.5 mL |
3 mL |
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection
- Others: Lignocaine 0.5%, Lignocaine 1% (IM injection only) 4,5,7,10.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before administration. If storage required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Do not administer doses of more than 1 gram intramuscularly 7.
- Inject deep into a large muscle mass such as the upper outer quadrant of the gluteus maximus or lateral part of the thigh.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis to ceftazidime.
- Caution in patients with hypersensitivity to penicillins (possibility of cross-sensitivity 11).
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Fortum [Medsafe Datasheet]. GlaxoSmithKiline NZ Limited, 26 February 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Ceftazidime [Accessed 06 April 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 06 April 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CEFTRIAXONE (cefTRIAXONE) SODIUM
Antibacterial ? Cephalosporin - 3rd generation
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Ceftriaxone-AFT (AFT Pharmaceuticals) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 500 mg, 1 g and 2 g powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to pale yellow powder. Reconstituted and diluted solutions range in colour from pale amber to yellow.
Excipients: No information.
pH: ~6.7; range 6 to 8 7,10.
Sodium content: 83 mg (3.6 mmol) sodium per 1 gram of ceftriaxone.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light. Protect from moisture.
Reconstituted and diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for 6 hours and refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for 24 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: ceftriaxone.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 1 g every 24 hours.
Surgical prophylaxis: 1 g given 30 to 90 (up to 120 9) minutes prior to incision. Single doses above 1 g should preferably be infused 2.
Cystic fibrosis (Pseudomonal infection): 100 to 150 mg/kg per day in 3 divided doses.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 1 g every 24 hours, 2 to 4 g daily in severe infections (maximum 4 g per day). Doses may be divided and given every 12 hours.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: maximum 2 g per day 3.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Usual dose: 500 mg to 2 g every 24 hours.
Gonorrhoea: 250 mg as a single dose.
Doses larger than 1 g should be divided and injected at more than one site.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
2 g |
Complete vial use |
5 mL |
10 mL |
20 mL 4,5,11 |
Part vial use ~100 mg/mL |
4.8 mL 4,5,10,11 |
9.5 mL 4,5,10,11 |
19.2 mL 4,5,10,11 |
- Shake gently until all the powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
AVOID: Solutions containing calcium including Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) and Ringer's solution.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject into peripheral vein or side arm.
- It is recommended that single doses above 1 gram should be administered by IV infusion 2.
- Inject slowly over 2 to 4 minutes. One source recommends 1 to 4 minutes 4. Slow administration reduces risk of thrombophlebitis.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration for IV infusion should not exceed 50 mg/mL; concentrations between 10 and 40 mg/mL are recommended 9,10 but lower concentrations may be used 10.
- Reconstitute solution as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose in at least 40 mL, usually 50 to 100 mL, of compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Others: Glucose 10%, Glucose/sodium chloride combinations, Dextran 6% in dextrose 5%; Hydroxyethyl starch 6-10%; Mannitol 10.
AVOID: Solutions containing calcium.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends ceftriaxone should NOT be co-administered with calcium containing products even via different infusion lines at different sites (theoretical risk of precipitation/particulate formation). As a further caution, manufacturer recommends ceftriaxone should not be administered within 48 hours of a calcium-containing IV solution.
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibilities: aminoglycosides, amsacrine, fluconazole, vancomycin. Other sources state further incompatibilities 7,9,10.
- Some sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Reconstituted and diluted solutions should be prepared immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Infuse via central or peripheral line.
- Infuse over 30 minutes; some sources recommend a minimum of 15 minutes 5,10.
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Ceftriaxone - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
Dose Example |
1 g infused over 1 hour |
1 g infused over 30 minutes or 2 g infused over 1 hour |
1 g infused over 15 minutes or 2 g infused over 30 minutes |
2 g infused over 15 minutes |
Dose rate in g/h |
1 |
2 |
4 |
8 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
Dose rate in mL/hour |
10 mg/mL |
1 g in 100 mL |
100 |
200 |
400 |
- |
20 mg/mL |
1 g in 50 mL |
50 |
100 |
200 |
400 |
20 mg/mL |
2 g in 100 mL |
- |
100 |
200 |
400 |
40 mg/mL |
2 g in 50 mL |
- |
50 |
100 |
200 |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Usually 250 mg/mL, up to 350 mg/mL may be used.
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IM administration to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
2 g |
250 mg/mL |
1.8 mL 4,7,10 |
3.5 mL |
7.2 4,10 |
350 mg/mL |
1.0 mL 4,10 |
2.1 mL 4,7,10 |
4.2 4,7,10 |
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection (painful without lignocaine)
- Other: Lignocaine 1% (IM injection only).
AVOID: Solutions containing calcium.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into gluteal or other large muscle.
- Doses of more than 1 gram should be divided and injected at more than one site.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis to ceftriaxone.
- Caution in patients with hypersensitivity to penicillins (possibility of cross-sensitivity 11).
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before administering first dose 11.
- Calcium ceftriaxone can appear as a precipitate in urine, and biliary precipitation can lead to symptoms in susceptible patients.
- Monitor complete blood count during prolonged therapy, i.e. 10 days or more.
- Monitor plasma concentration of ceftriaxone when doses greater than 2 grams are used in patients with both hepatic and renal impairment 9.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Ceftriaxone-AFT [Medsafe Datasheet]. AFT Pharmaceuticals August 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Ceftriaxone. [Accessed 23 March 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 18 June 2014]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CEFUROXIME (cefUROXIME) SODIUM
Antibacterial ? Cephalosporin - 2nd generation
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Zinacef (GlaxoSmithKline) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 750 mg and 1.5 g powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to faintly yellow powder. Reconstituted solutions range in colour from off-white to yellow.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 5.5 to 8.5 5,6,10.
Sodium content: 42 mg (1.8 mmol) sodium per 750 mg of cefuroxime.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, reconstituted solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for 5 hours and refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for 48 hours. Some increase in colour may occur on storage.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, diluted solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for 24 hours. Some increase in colour may occur on storage.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: cefuroxime.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 750 mg every 8 hours. For severe infections 1.5 g every 8 hours - the frequency may be increased to every 6 hours if necessary. Some infections may respond to a 12 hour dose interval.
Meningitis: 3 g every 8 hours.
Surgical prophylaxis: 1.5 g given 30 to 60 minutes before the procedure; followed by 750 mg IV (or IM) every 8 hours for up to 24 to 48 hours depending on the procedure 1,2,6,9.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 10 to 20 mL/minute: extend dose interval to every 12 hours.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: extend dose interval to every 24 hours.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 1 g every 24 hours, 2 to 4 g daily in severe infections (maximum 4 g per day). Doses may be divided and given every 12 hours.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: maximum 2 g per day 3.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not generally recommended. Consult pharmacist.
Some sources refer to this method but specific details are not provided 5,6,10. One source recommends adding the dose to 500 to 1,000 mL of compatible IV fluid and administering over 6 to 24 hours, depending on the total dose and concentration 9.
|
IM injection |
Usual dose: 750 mg every 8 hours. Some infections may respond to a 12 hour dose interval.
Surgical prophylaxis: following an initial IV dose, 750 mg IM every 8 hours for up to 24 to 48 hours depending on the procedure 1,2,6,9.
Gonorrhoea: 1.5 g as a single dose.
Doses greater than 750 mg should be divided and injected at more than one site.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
750 mg |
1.5 g |
Complete vial use |
6 to 8.3 mL 1,3,5,9,10,11 |
15 to 16 mL 1,3,5,9,10,11 |
Part vial use ~ 100 mg/mL |
7 mL 12 |
14 mL 12 |
- Shake gently until all the powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject into a large peripheral vein or side arm with free flowing compatible IV fluid (See below).
- Inject slowly over 3 to 5 minutes 3,4,5,6,9.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Dilute to 100 mg/mL or less to effect complete dissolution 5; usual concentration is between 1 mg/mL and 30 mg/mL 5.
- Reconstitute solution as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose in 50 or 100 mL of compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 10%, Glucose and sodium chloride combinations, Ringer's.
AVOID: Sodium bicarbonate. However, if required cefuroxime sodium may be given into the tubing of a sodium bicarbonate infusion.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibility: aminoglycosides. Other sources state further incompatibilities 10,11.
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug compatibilities: metronidazole, hydrocortisone sodium phosphate, heparin (10 and 50 unit/mL), potassium chloride (10 and 40 mmol/L). Other sources recommend further drug compatibilities 9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Infuse into a peripheral vein directly or into tubing running compatible IV fluids.
- Infuse over 15 to 60 minutes 4,5,10,11; usually over 30 minutes 3,9.
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Cefuroxime - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
Dose Example |
750 mg infused over 1 hour |
750 mg infused over 30 minutes or 1.5 g infused over 1 hour |
750 mg infused over 15 minutes or 1.5 g infused over 30 minutes |
1.5 g infused over 15 minutes |
Dose rate in g/hour |
0.75 |
1.5 |
3 |
6 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
Dose rate in mL/hour |
7.5 mg/mL |
750 mg in 100 mL |
100 |
200 |
400 |
- |
15 mg/mL |
750 mg in 50 mL |
50 |
100 |
200 |
400 |
15 mg/mL |
1.5 g in 100 mL |
- |
100 |
200 |
400 |
30 mg/mL |
1.5 g in 50 mL |
- |
50 |
100 |
200 |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute each 750 mg vial with 3 mL water for injection (final concentration ~ 225 mg/mL).
- Shake gently to produce an opaque suspension.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection
- Other: Lignocaine 1% (IM injection only).
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into a large muscle such as the gluteus or lateral aspect of the thigh 5,11.
- After needle insertion, draw back on plunger to ensure needle is not in a blood vessel 5; particularly important when using lignocaine as diluent.
- Doses of more than 750 mg should be divided and injected at different injection sites, e.g. each buttock.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis to cefuroxime.
- Caution in patients with hypersensitivity to penicillins (possibility of cross-sensitivity 11).
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before administering first dose 11.
- Monitor injection site for signs of thrombophlebitis. Use small needles, and large veins and rotate infusion sites. 9
- Monitor renal, liver and haematological function periodically with prolonged therapy 4.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Zinacef [Medsafe Datasheet]. GlaxoSmithKline NZ Limited, 28 January 2015
- New Zealand Formulary: Cefuroxime [Accessed 05 April 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 05 April 2015]
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014
- Personal communication. Displacement values of cefuroxime injection when reconstituted for intravenous administration. Data on file. GlaxoSmithKline, 29 August 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CEFAZOLIN (cefaZOLin) SODIUM
Antibacterial ? Cephalosporin - 1st generation
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Cefazolin-AFT (AFT Pharmaceuticals) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ?500 mg and 1 g powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white powder. Reconstituted solutions range from pale yellow to yellow 5.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 4.5 to 6.
Sodium content: 48.3 mg sodium per 1 gram of cefazolin.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted and diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 12 hours and refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours. Do not freeze. Crystals may form if solution is refrigerated; redissolve by shaking the vial and warming in the hands 7.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: cefazolin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection 2 |
Usual dose: 250 mg to 1.5 g every 6, 8 or 12 hours depending on type and severity of infection. Maximum dose 12 g daily in divided doses.
Perioperative prophylaxis: 1 to 2 g as a single dose within 1 hour of surgery, consider an additional dose if procedure longer than 2 hours; dose may be repeated every 6 to 8 hours for 24 hours if required 2.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 35 to 54 mL/minute: alter dose frequency to every 8 hours or less frequently.
GFR 10 to 34 mL/minute: 50% dose every 12 hours.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 50% dose every 18 to 24 hours
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
May be given by this method 1,5,6,7,11. Consult pharmacist.
Specific details are not provided in the standard sources. Total daily dose diluted in an appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid may be administered over 24 hours.
|
IM injection |
Same dose as for direct IV injection or intermittent IV infusion above.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use ~225 mg/mL |
2 mL |
- |
Complete vial use ~330 mg/mL |
- |
2.5 mL |
Partial vial use ~100 mg/mL |
4.8 mL 7 |
9.5 mL 7 |
- Shake well until all powder is dissolved. Warm in hands to aid dissolution 7.
-
Further dilute with following volume of compatible diluent for IV injection:
- 500 mg vial: Dilute reconstituted solution in a further 5 mL 5,11
- 1 g vial: Dilute reconstituted solution in a further 10 mL.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare solution immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject into peripheral vein or side arm ? may be given directly into a large vein or introduced into the tubing of the giving set if the patient is receiving compatible IV fluids.
- Inspect visually for particulate matter before administration, do not use if particulate matter is present.
- Inject slowly over 3 to 5 minutes.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose to:
- Intermittent IV infusion: 50 to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid.
- Continuous IV infusion: usually 500 to 1,000 mL compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 10%, Glucose and sodium chloride combinations, Ringer's, Plasma-Lyte.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibilities: aminoglycosides. Other sources state further incompatibilities 7,10.
- Some sources state some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare solution immediately before administration. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inspect visually for particulate matter before administration, do not use if present.
- May be given directly into large vein or introduced into the tubing of the giving set if the patient is receiving compatible IV fluids.
- Intermittent IV infusion: Infuse over 10 to 15 minutes; some sources suggest 30 to 60 minutes 4.
- Continuous IV infusion: Infuse total daily dose over 24 hours.
DOSE TABLE ? check your calculation
Cefazolin - dose conversion chart: gram/hour to mL/hour |
|
Dose Example |
500 mg infused over 15 minutes or 1 g infused over 30 minutes |
1 g infused over 15 minutes |
1 g infused over 10 minutes or 1.5 g infused over 15 minutes or 3 g infused over 30 minutes |
3 g infused over 15 minutes |
Dose rate in g/hour |
2 |
4 |
6 |
12 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Convert to |
Dose rate in mL/hour |
5 mg/mL |
500 mg in 100 mL |
400 |
- |
- |
- |
10 mg/mL |
1 g in 100 mL |
200 |
400 |
600 |
- |
15 mg/mL |
1.5 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
400 |
- |
20 mg/mL |
1 g in 50 mL |
100 |
200 |
300 |
- |
30 mg/mL |
1.5 g in 50 mL |
- |
- |
200 |
- |
30 mg/mL |
3 g in 100 mL |
- |
- |
200 |
400 |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use ~225 mg/mL |
2 mL |
- |
Complete vial use ~330 mg/mL |
- |
2.5 mL |
- Shake gently until all powder is dissolved. Warm in hands to aid dissolution 7.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
-
500 mg vial:
- Water for injection
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
-
1 gram vial:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare solution immediately before administration. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inspect visually for particulate matter before administration, do not use if particulate matter is present.
- Inject deep into a large muscle mass (usually minimal pain).
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity or anaphylaxis.
- Caution in patients with hypersensitivity to penicillins (risk of cross-sensitivity).
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor injection/infusion site for signs of thrombophlebitis. Change sites regularly.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Cefazolin-AFT [Medsafe Datasheet]. AFT Pharmaceutical Limited, 24 August 2011
- New Zealand Formulary. Cefazolin [Accessed 31 March 2015]
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 31 March 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CIPROFLOXACIN (cIPROFLOXAcin)
Antibacterial ? Fluoroquinolone
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Aspen-Ciprofloxacin Injection (Healthcare Logistics) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Premixed bag ? 200 mg in 100 mL solution.
Each 100 mL infusion solution contains ciprofloxacin lactate equivalent to 200 mg ciprofloxacin.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless to slightly yellow solution.
Excipients: Lactic acid, glucose, water for injection.
pH: 3.5 to 4.6 7,10.
Sodium content: None 7.
Storage:
Premixed bag: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light. Do not refrigerate or freeze 7.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: ciprofloxacin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used (irritant). |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Use only when unable to administer via the oral route.
Usual dose: 200 mg to 300 mg every 12 hours, maximum dose 400 mg every 12 hours.
In patients with renal impairment 3:
GFR 10 to 20 mL/minute: 50 to 100% of normal dose.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 50% of normal dose.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends ciprofloxacin should not be mixed with other drugs or infusion solutions which are chemically and physically unstable at the pH of ciprofloxacin (pH 3.5 to 4.6) and especially when combined with alkaline solutions.
- Other sources recommend some compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Contains no preservative. Discard any unused solution at the end of each infusion.
Administration notes:
- Administer via a large vein (reduces risk of venous irritation).
- Infuse over a minimum of 60 minutes (reduces risk of venous irritation).
- Where only one line exists, it is advised to temporarily discontinue the primary infusion and flush with either glucose (dextrose) 5% or sodium chloride 0.9% prior to starting ciprofloxacin infusion. Once infusion has completed, re-flush line, then recommence other infusion(s).
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Ensure adequate hydration and urinary output and avoid alkalinisation of urine to reduce the risk of ciprofloxacin crystalluria; more likely to occur in patients receiving high doses.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematological function periodically during prolonged therapy 4.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis with prolonged therapy.
- Monitor for tendon pain or inflammation ? may cause tendon rupture.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of myasthenia gravis ? may exacerbate muscle weakness.
- Monitor injection site for thrombophlebitis ? less likely if infused over 60 minutes and in to large veins.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Aspen-Ciprofloxacin Injection [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pharmacy Retailing (NZ) Ltd, Datasheet date 24 July 2012
- New Zealand Formulary. Ciprofloxacin [Accessed 11 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 11 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COLISTIMETHATE
Synonyms:
colistin sulphomethate, colistin methasulfonate, polymyxin E Antibacterial ? Polymyxin
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Colistin-Link? (Link Pharmaceuticals) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 150 mg (colistin) powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains colistimethate sodium equivalent to 150 mg colistin.
Properties:
Physical description: White to slightly yellow powder.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 7 to 8 7,10.
Sodium content: 0.54 mmol of sodium per 150 mg (colistin) vial 7.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted and diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). However, solutions are stable refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours. Do not freeze. Must be administered within 24 hours of preparation or discarded.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: colistimethate.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Dose in obese patients should be calculated using ideal body weight, not actual body weight.
Direct IV injection |
Dose range: 2.5 to 5 mg/kg/day divided into 2 to 4 doses by direct IV injection 1 or intermittent IV infusion 7.
Alternate dosing regimen:
Administer half the daily dose (1.25 to 2.5 mg/kg) by direct IV injection, followed by a continuous IV infusion starting 1 to 2 hours after the initial dose and delivering the other half of the daily dose (1.25 to 2.5 mg/kg) over the next 22 hours.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
IM injection |
Usual dose: 2.5 to 5 mg/kg/day in 2 to 4 divided doses. |
Subcutaneous injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute by adding 2 mL of compatible diluent for direct IV injection (concentration = 75 mg/mL).
- Gently swirl until all the powder is dissolved (avoid frothing).
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject over 3 to 5 minutes.
INTERMITTENT OR CONTINUOUS IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute vial as for direct IV injection and further dilute by adding required dose to a sufficient amount of compatible IV fluid.
- Intermittent IV infusion: dilute each divided dose further in 100 mL compatible IV fluid 7.
- Continuous IV infusion: dilute half the daily dose in a volume of compatible IV fluid based on the patient?s fluid needs.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Other: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information on drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Other sources recommend some compatibilities 7,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Other: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
-
Infuse:
- Intermittent IV infusion: over 30 minutes 4,7.
- Continuous IV infusion: start the infusion 1 to 2 hours after the initial daily dose and infuse at a rate to deliver the dose over the next 22 to 23 hours, e.g. 5 to 6 mg/hour.
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute by adding 2 mL of compatible diluent for direct IV injection (concentration = 75 mg/mL).
- Gently swirl until all the powder is dissolved (avoid frothing).
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into a large muscle mass.
- Rotate injection site with each dose.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Colistimethate sodium is a prodrug which is metabolised to colistin the active form. The doses of the two forms are not equivalent, and some references refer to doses of the prodrug colistimethate sodium. Double check which form the text is referring to prior to drug administration.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Colistin-Link? [Medsafe Datasheet]. Link Pharmaceuticals Ltd, 30 June 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Colistimethate [Accessed 13 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 14 June 2014] 7
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
DAPTOMYCIN (daPTomycin)
Antibacterial ? Cyclic Lipopeptide
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Cubicin? (Novartis) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 350 mg and 500 mg powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: Pale yellow to light brown powder. Reconstituted and diluted solutions range in colour from pale yellow to light brown 9.
Excipients: Sodium hydroxide.
pH: No information.
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Refrigerate at (between 2?C and 8?C).
Reconstituted and diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. However solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 12 hours and refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 48 hours. Combined storage time (reconstituted time in vial and diluted solution in bag or burette) must not exceed 12 hours at room temperature or 48 hours when refrigerated.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: daptomycin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 4 mg/kg once daily; increased to 6 mg/kg once daily in severe infections.
Staphylococcal endocarditis: 6 mg/kg once daily.
In patients with renal impairment:
GRF less than 30 mL/minute: an extended dosing interval of 48 hours is recommended.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by gently adding the appropriate volume of sodium chloride 0.9% by pointing the stream toward the vial wall while gently rotating the vial to wet the powder:
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
350 mg |
500 mg |
Complete vial ~50 mg/mL |
7 mL |
10 mL |
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
AVOID: Glucose (dextrose)-containing diluents.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
- Inject slowly over 2 minutes.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
-
- Final concentration not to exceed 20 mg/mL 5,10.
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding required dose to an appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid, usually 50 mL.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's).
AVOID: Glucose (dextrose)-containing IV fluids
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states not to mix with any drugs in the same infusion solution.
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug compatibilities when administered via a Y-site from separate infusion bags: aztreonam, ceftazidime, ceftriaxone, gentamicin, fluconazole, dopamine, heparin, and lidocaine.
- Other sources recommend additional compatibilities via the Y-site 7,9,11. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before the first dose 11.
- Monitor for muscle pain or weakness, particularly of the distal extremities.
- Monitor creatine phosphokinase weekly or more frequently if current or prior statin therapy 4.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of eosinophilic pneumonia 4,11, e.g. cough, worsening fever, shortness of breath, difficulty breathing 5,11.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis 11.
- Monitor complete blood count, renal and hepatic function weekly or more frequently if indicated 11.
- Consider repeat cultures in patients relapsing or responding poorly 9.
- Monitor IV site carefully and rotate as indicated.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Cubicin [Medsafe Datasheet]. Novartis New Zealand Limited, 10 March 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Daptomycin [Accessed 17 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 17 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
DOXYCYCLINE HYCLATE
Antibacterial ? Tetracycline
PREPARATION NOT REGISTERED IN NZ
Only available under the provisions of SECTION 29 of the Medicines Act
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Doxycycline Hyclate Injection (Pfizer) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 100 mg powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains doxycycline hyclate equivalent to 100 mg doxycycline.
Properties:
Physical description: Yellowish powder. Reconstituted solution is clear, almost colourless.
Excipients: Ascorbic acid, mannitol, water for injection.
pH: 1.8 to 3.3.
Sodium content: No information.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (20?C to 25?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted solution: May be refrigerated for up to 72 hours 9. Protect from light.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, diluted solution stability is dependent on IV fluid used at concentrations between 0.1 and 1 mg/mL:
- with sodium chloride 0.9% or glucose 5%: stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 48 hours when protected from sunlight, and refrigerated for up to 72 hours when protected from sunlight and artificial light. Infusion must then be completed within 12 hours.
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's): prepare immediately before use and infusion must be completed within 6 hours while being protected from direct sunlight.
- Ringer's: stable when refrigerated for up to 72 hours when protected from sunlight and artificial light. Infusion must then be completed within 12 hours.
- Plasma-Lyte: stable when refrigerated for up to 12 hours when protected from sunlight and artificial light. Infusion must then be completed within 12 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to Manufacturer?s Package Insert.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Parenteral doxycycline should be used only when oral therapy is not feasible.
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 100 mg to 200 mg every 24 hours, or 100 mg every 12 hours.
Syphilis: 300 mg every 24 hours.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Must NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Must NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration is between 0.1 mg/mL to 1 mg/mL.
-
Reconstitute powder by adding 10 mL water for injection (or any compatible IV fluids listed below) to vial (reconstituted solution concentration ~10 mg/mL):
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
100 mg |
Complete vial use ~10 mg/mL |
10 mL |
- Shake well until all the powder is dissolved.
- Dilute further with 100 mL to 1,000 mL of compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%.
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's).
- Others: Glucose 5% in lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's), Plasma-Lyte, Ringer's.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer makes no recommendations about drug compatibilities or incompatibilities.
- Doxycycline solutions are acidic and therefore incompatibility with alkaline solutions or drugs unstable at low pH should be reasonably expected 6.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter before administration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
-
Infuse over 1 to 4 hours (duration depends on dose and concentration), e.g.:
- 100 mg at 1 mg/mL concentration over 2 hours
- 100 mg at 0.5 mg/mL concentration over 1 hour.
- Avoid rapid administration.
- During infusion protect solution from direct sunlight.
- Avoid extravasation 4.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider of specimen for culture and sensitivity is required before first dose 4,11.
- Monitor injection site for thrombophlebitis.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Doxycycline Hyclate Injection [Manufacturer Datasheet]. Pfizer Inc., November 2012
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 18 July 2015]
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
ERTAPENEM
Antibacterial ? Carbapenem
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Invanz® (Merck Sharp & Dohme) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 1 g powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains ertapenem sodium equivalent to 1 gram ertapenem as free acid.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white powder. Reconstituted solution ranges from colourless to pale yellow.
Excipients: Sodium bicarbonate and sodium hydroxide (to adjust pH).
pH: 7.5.
Sodium content: 137 mg (6 mmol) sodium per 1 gram of ertapenem 7,10.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted solution (for IM injection): Prepare immediately before use. Use within 1 hour of preparation.
Diluted solution (for IV infusion): Prepare immediately before use. However solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 6 hours, and refrigerated (below 5?C) for up to 24 hours and used within 4 hours of after removal from refrigeration. Do not freeze.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: ertapenem.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 1 g every 24 hours.
Surgical prophylaxis (colorectal surgery): 1 g given 1 hour prior to surgical incision.
In patients with renal impairment 3:
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Usual dose: 1 g every 24 hours. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration 20 mg/mL or less 9.
- Reconstitute the powder by adding 10 mL of compatible IV diluent intended for IV use to vial.
- Shake well to dissolve.
- Dilute further by immediately transferring reconstituted solution to an appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid for infusion, usually 50 mL - concentration ~ 16.7 mg/mL.
Compatibility ? Diluent for reconstituting powder intended for IV use after further dilution:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Water for injection (may be bacteriostatic).
AVOID: Glucose-containing solutions, lidocaine (for IM use only).
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
AVOID: Glucose-containing solutions, Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) 7, mannitol 10, Ringer's 10. sodium bicarbonate 10.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information on drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration; do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Central or peripheral line.
- Infuse over 30 minutes 4,7,9,11.
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute the powder by adding 3.2 mL of compatible diluent for IM injection.
- Shake thoroughly until all the powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Lidocaine 1% (IM injection only).
AVOID: Glucose 5%, water for injection (may be painful).
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use and administer within 1 hour.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration; do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Check the patient is not allergic to lidocaine.
- Do injection into a blood vessel (lidocaine contraindicated).
- Inject deep into large muscle mass, e.g. gluteal muscle or lateral part of the thigh.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis ? more likely to occur in patients with a history of sensitivity to multiple allergens. Consider cross sensitivity with other beta lactams, penicillins or cephalosporins.
- Monitor injection site; rotate as indicated.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of CNS reactions (focal tremors, myoclonus, seizures) 9.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematopoietic system in prolonged therapy.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Invanz [Medsafe Datasheet]. Merck Sharp and Dohme (NZ) Limited, July 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Ertapenem [Accessed 21 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 21 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
ERYTHROMYCIN (ERYthromycin)
Antibacterial ? Macrolide
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Erythrocin IV (AFT Pharmaceuticals) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 1 g powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains erythromycin lactobionate equivalent to 1 gram erythromycin base.
Properties:
Physical description: White to slightly yellow powder 5.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 6.5 to 7.5 when reconstituted 7.
Sodium content: No information.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, stable at room temperature or refrigerated for up to 24 hours 5,7.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use, and use within 8 hours of preparation. However, stable when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: erythromycin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used (risk of arrhythmias and irritation at injection site). |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose:
Severe infections: 12.5 mg/kg every 6 hours 2, maximum 4 g/day.
Milder infections (when oral therapy not feasible): 6.25 mg/kg every 6 hours 2.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: use 50% to 75% of normal dose; maximum 2 g daily 3.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Preferred route.
Usual dose: 25 to 50 mg/kg per day over 24 hours; maximum 4 g/day 3
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: use 50% to 75% of normal dose 3; maximum 2 g daily 3.
|
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT OR CONTINUOUS IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
-
Usual concentration:
-
by intermittent IV infusion:
- 1 to 5 mg/mL via peripheral line.
- minimum dilution via central line: 10 mg/mL 8; however, there are anecdotal reports of 1 gram in 20 mL (50 mg/mL reconstituted solution) or 1 gram in 40 mL (25 mg/mL) being used via a central line in fluid-restricted patients 8.
-
by continuous IV infusion:
- 1 mg/mL via peripheral line or central line.
- Reconstitute by adding 20 mL water for injection to the vial; concentration 50 mg/mL.
- Shake well ensuring all the powder is dissolved.
- Withdraw dose (there is an overage to ensure that the full stated dose can be withdrawn).
-
Dilute further by adding dose to appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid, e.g:
Diluted solution strength |
500 mg |
750 mg |
1 g |
Complete or partial vial use ~5 mg/mL |
100 mL |
- |
200 mL |
Complete or partial vial use ~3 mg/mL |
- |
250 mL |
- |
Complete or partial vial use ~1 mg/mL |
500 mL |
750 mL |
1,000 mL |
- Some IV fluids require buffering with 0.5 mL sodium bicarbonate 8.4% per 100 mL diluted solution (see 'Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV solution' below).
Compatibility ? Diluent for reconstituting powder intended for IV use after further dilution:
AVOID: Any other diluent as may cause precipitation.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5% (buffer - 0.5 mL sodium bicarbonate 8.4% per 100 mL solution)
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 5% in sodium chloride 0.9% (buffer), glucose 5% in Lactated Ringer's (buffer).
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information regarding drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Some sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration, do not use if present.
- Use within 8 hours of preparation.
Administration notes:
- Peripheral or central line for concentrations up to 5 mg/mL.
- Must use central line for concentrations greater than 5 mg/mL.
-
Infuse:
- by intermittent IV infusion: over 60 minutes or more; consider a longer infusion time in patients with risk factors for or previous evidence of arrhythmias (QT prolongation).
- by continuous IV infusion: total daily dose infused over 24 hours.
Note: infusion solution must be used within 8 hours of preparation at room temperature so daily dose needs to be divided and freshly made up every 6 to 8 hours.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Do not administer too rapidly ? risk of QT prolongation and hypotension and development of ventricular arrhythmias (may be fatal).
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor injection site for redness and inflammation and rotate as indicated ? very irritant. If phlebitis/pain occurs, consider slowing infusion rate, diluting solution further or consider administering via larger available vein or central line 4,7.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis.
- Monitor hepatic function periodically during prolonged therapy 11.
- Switch to oral therapy as soon as possible.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Erythrocin IV [Medsafe Datasheet]. AFT Pharmaceuticals Limited, April 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Erythromycin [Accessed 24 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 24 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.2 May 2013). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2012
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
FLUCLOXACILLIN
Antibacterial ? Penicillin
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Flucloxin (Douglas) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ?250 mg, 500 mg, and 1 g powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains flucloxacillin sodium equivalent to 250 mg, 500 mg or 1 gram flucloxacillin.
Properties:
Physical description: White powder.
Excipients: No information.
pH: No information.
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable (reconstituted with water for injection) when refrigerated (below 5?C) for up to 72 hours.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, diluted solution stability is dependent on IV fluid used and is stable when diluted:
- with sodium chloride 0.9% and/or glucose 5%: at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 1 hour and when refrigerated (below 5?C) for up to 72 hours.
- with Lactated Ringers (Hartmann?s): at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 1 hour.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: flucloxacillin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 250 mg to 2 g every 6 hours 2,3. For doses greater than 1 g consider intermittent IV infusion.
Endocarditis (in combination with another antibacterial):
Weight less than 85 kg: 8 g daily in 4 divided doses 2.
Weight greater than 85 kg: 12 g daily in 6 divided doses 2.
Osteomyelitis: up to 8 g daily in 3 to 4 divided doses 2.
Surgical prophylaxis: 1 g to 2 g up to 30 minutes before the procedure; up to 4 further doses of 500 mg may be given every 6 hours, for high risk procedures 2.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: dose as above up to a total daily dose of 4 g 3.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
May be used in the ambulatory setting. Buffering may be required to extend stability at body temperature 7. Consult pharmacist.
|
IM injection |
Usual dose: 250 mg to 500 mg every 6 hours 2.
Surgical prophylaxis: following an initial IV dose, up to 4 further IM doses of 500 mg may be given every 6 hours 2.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
Intra-articular injection |
Usual dose: 250 mg to 500 mg once daily.
|
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible IV diluent to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
250 mg |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use |
10 mL |
10 mL |
15 to 20 mL |
Part vial use ~ 25 mg/mL |
9.8 mL |
- |
- |
Part vial use ~ 50 mg/mL |
4.8 mL |
9.6 mL |
19.2 mL |
Part vial use ~ 100 mg/mL |
- |
4.6 mL |
9.2 mL |
Part vial use ~ 200 mg/mL |
- |
- |
4.2 mL |
- Shake until all the powder is dissolved.
- Draw up appropriate dose and dilute further to total volume of 10 to 20 mL if required.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' section above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Inject slowly over 3 to 4 minutes.
- May be injected via a drip tube over a period of 3 to 4 minutes.
- Phlebitis may occur at injection site 7.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection with water for injection.
- Dilute further by adding required dose to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid 7.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringers (Hartmann's)
- Other: Glucose and sodium chloride combinations.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer states not to mix with blood products or proteinaceous fluids.
- Manufacturer specifically states incompatibility with aminoglycosides and other sources state further incompatibilities 7,10.
- One source recommends some drug compatibilities 10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' section above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 30 to 60 minutes 7.
- Phlebitis may occur at injection site 7.
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IM administration.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
250 mg |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use |
1.5 mL |
2 mL |
2.5 mL |
Part vial use ~ 100 mg/mL |
2.3 mL |
- |
- |
Part vial use ~ 125 mg/mL |
1.8 mL |
3.6 mL |
- |
Part vial use ~ 200 mg/mL |
- |
2.1 mL |
- |
Part vial use ~ 250 mg/mL |
- |
1.6 mL |
- |
Part vial use ~ 500 mg/mL |
- |
- |
1.2 mL |
- Shake until all the powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' section above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into a large muscle.
- Pain may occur at injection site 7.
INTRA-ARTICULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
250 mg |
500 mg |
Complete vial use |
Up to 5 mL |
Up to 5 mL |
- Shake until all powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection
- Other: Lidocaine hydrochloride 0.5%.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' section above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Inject directly into joint space.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity or anaphylaxis.
- Monitor injection/infusion site and rotate as indicated.
- Monitor renal and hepatic function periodically, particularly during prolonged therapy ? risk of flucloxacillin-induced jaundice and proteinuria.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Flucloxin [Medsafe Datasheet]. Douglas Pharmaceuticals Ltd, 18 December 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Flucloxacillin [Accessed 16 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 27 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
FLUCONAZOLE
Antifungal Agent ? Triazole
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Fluconazole-Claris (AFT Pharmaceuticals) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Premixed infusion solution ? 100 mg in 50 mL solution.
Infusion: Premixed infusion solution ? 200 mg in 100 mL solution.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless solution.
Excipients: Sodium chloride, water for injection.
pH: 4-8 7,10.
Sodium content: 15.4 mmol per 100 mL infusion solution.
Storage:
Premixed infusion solution: Store at room temperature (below 30?C). Do not refrigerate or freeze.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: fluconazole.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 50 mg to 400 mg daily (maximum 800 mg daily for severe infections [unapproved dose] 2).
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 50 mL/minute: 50% of normal dose 1,9. No adjustments are required for single doses.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Use premixed infusion solution (2 mg/mL). Further dilution is not recommended.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to administer concomitantly via Y-site:
Manufacturer recommends that fluconazole may be administered through an existing IV line running one of the following IV fluids (otherwise administer separately):
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 20%, Ringer's, sodium bicarbonate 4.2%.
Compatibility ? Drugs administered via Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends not mixing with any other medication prior to infusion.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration, do not use if present.
- Do not use if the seal is not intact.
- Discard any solution remaining 24 hours after opening.
Administration notes:
- Peripheral or central line.
- Infuse at a rate not exceeding 200 mg/hour (100 mL/hour for premixed solution).
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Take sodium content and the total volume of fluid administered into consideration for patients who are sodium-restricted and/or fluid-restricted.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity is required before the first dose 9.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity or anaphylaxis 9.
- Obtain baseline liver function tests and monitor regularly throughout treatment ? serious hepatotoxicity may occur. If clinical signs and symptoms consistent with liver toxicity develop, discontinue therapy.
- Observe for skin reactions - rarely exfoliative cutaneous reactions, such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis, have occurred during treatment 9.
- Consider ECG monitoring in patients at risk of QT prolongation 9.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Fluconazole-Claris [Medsafe Datasheet]. AFT Pharmaceuticals Ltd, 05 May 2010
- New Zealand Formulary. Fluconazole [Accessed 26 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 26 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
GANCICLOVIR
Antiviral
CYTOTOXIC AGENT
Prepare, administer and dispose of according to guidelines for handling cytotoxic medicines
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Cymevene® (Roche) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 500 mg powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains 543 mg ganciclovir sodium equivalent to 500 mg ganciclovir.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white powder 5.
Excipients: No excipients.
pH: 11 when reconstituted.
Sodium content: Approximately 43 mg (2 mmol) sodium per 500 mg ganciclovir.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 30?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable when refrigerated (2oC to 8oC) for up to 24 hours. Do not freeze. Reconstituted solution should be used within 24 hours.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable when refrigerated (2oC to 8oC) for up to 24 hours. Do not freeze. Diluted solution should be used within 24 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: ganciclovir.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
CMV retinitis: induction, 5 mg/kg every 12 hours for 14 to 21 days for treatment or for 7 to 14 days for prevention; maintenance (for patients at risk of relapse of retinitis) 6 mg/kg daily on 5 days per week or 5 mg/kg daily until adequate recovery of immunity; if retinitis progresses initial induction may be repeated 2.
Prevention of CMV disease in transplant recipients: 5 mg/kg every 12 hours for 7 to 14 days (depending on the organ transplanted). Maintenance 6 mg/kg daily on 5 days per week or 5 mg/kg daily.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 50 to 69 mL/minute: 2.5 mg/kg every 12 hours 3.
GFR 25 to 49 mL/minute: 2.5 mg/kg every 24 hours 3.
GFR 10 to 24 mL/minute: 1.25 mg/kg every 24 hours 3.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients. 3.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
Must NOT be used (irritant; due to high pH). |
Subcutaneous injection |
Must NOT be used (irritant; due to high pH). |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Prepare using precautions for handling cytotoxic medications.
- Final concentration should not exceed 10 mg/mL, particularly relevant if infusing via a peripheral vein. Using a higher concentration is not recommended 8,10.
- Reconstitute powder by adding 10 mL water for injection (concentration = 50 mg/mL). Do not use bacteriostatic water for injection containing parabens (hydroxybenzoates) for reconstitution as precipitation may result.
- Shake vial to dissolve powder.
- Dilute the required dose further in 50 to 250 mL (typically 100 mL) of compatible IV fluid 5,10,11.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann?s)
- Others: Ringer's.
AVOID: All other IV fluids.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends not mixing with any other medications.
- Other sources recommend some compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration; do not use if present.
- Discard any unused reconstituted or diluted solution.
Administration notes:
- Central line, or peripheral line using small needles and large veins with adequate blood flow to reduce risk of irritation and phlebitis (high pH) 7,9.
- Administer via an infusion pump 9,11.
- Flush line with sodium chloride 0.9% before and after administration 4,9.
- Infuse each dose over 1 hour.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Avoid rapid infusion ? increases risk of toxicity 4.
- Avoid extravasation ? confirm patency of vein before administration 9.
- Monitor for injection site reaction (irritation and phlebitis ? very irritant 7.
- Maintain adequate hydration and urine flow before and during infusion 9.
- Monitor complete blood count, serum electrolytes and renal function twice weekly during induction and weekly thereafter 6.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Cymevene® [Medsafe Datasheet]. Roche Products (New Zealand) Limited, 31 May 2011
- New Zealand Formulary. Ganciclovir [Accessed 27 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 27 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.2 May 2013). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2012
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
GENTAMICIN
Antibacterial ? Aminoglycoside
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Gentamicin 80 mg/2 mL Injection (Pfizer) 1a, DBL™ Gentamicin Injection BP (Hospira) 1b.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Ampoule ? 80 mg in 2 mL solution.
Each vial contains gentamicin sulfate equivalent to 80 mg gentamicin.
Weaker solutions 20 mg/2 mL (section 29) and 10 mg/1 mL are available but are usually reserved for paediatric use.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless to pale yellow solution 4,10.
Excipients: Disodium edetate, water for injection.
pH: 3.0 to 5.5 7,10.
Sodium content: No information.
Storage:
Ampoules: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light.
Diluted solutions: Stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for 24 hours (no preservative) or refrigerated (2oC to 8oC) for up to 48 hours 4.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: gentamicin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Dose usually based on ideal body weight. If patient weighs less than ideal body weight then use actual body weight. Some hospitals will use adjusted body weight in obese patients. Therapeutic drug monitoring: refer to local hospital protocols.
|
Direct IV injection |
Unapproved regimen 2,7,6,8. Avoid this method in patients with renal impairment.
Manufacturer expresses concern that bolus injection produces serum gentamicin levels which are initially in excess of what is regarded as safe from toxic side effects.
However, they do concede that these levels fall rapidly and suggest that it is prolonged serum concentrations above 10 or 12 microgram/mL should be avoided 1a,1b.
One source recommends doses up to 3 to 5 mg/kg 2, another up to 240 mg 7, by slow IV injection. Maximum dosing limits may vary between hospitals 7. Refer to local hospital protocols.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Reserved for life-threatening infection, specific indications or when the IM route is not feasible.
Multiple daily dosing regimen:
3 to 5 mg/kg/day depending on severity of infection given in 3 divided doses.
Once daily dosing regimen (unapproved regimen) 2,4:
4 to 7 mg/kg as a single dose once daily, then adjust according to serum gentamicin concentrations.
Consult local hospital protocols which usually recommend dosing based on therapeutic drug monitoring, or seek guidance from a pharmacist.
In patients with renal impairment:
Dose regimen is best adjusted using therapeutic drug monitoring.
However, if therapeutic drug monitoring is not feasible manufacturer recommends adjusting dose by extending the dose interval or reducing each dose 1a,1b,3.
Requires regular monitoring of serum creatinine throughout therapy 1a,1b.
Consult local protocols or seek guidance from a pharmacist or renal physician.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
Preferred route (IV route may be used for specific indications, see local protocols).
Multiple daily dosing regimen:
3 to 5 mg/kg/day depending on severity of infection given in 3 divided doses.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
Intrathecal/Intraventricular |
Unapproved routes reserved solely for adjunctive therapy in meningitis or ventriculitis. See local hospital protocols. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Use undiluted 8 or dilute with 20 mL 7 compatible IV diluent.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Draw up (or if diluted prepare) solution immediately before use.
- Use diluted solutions within 24 hours after preparation.
Administration notes:
- Inject over 3 to 5 minutes 2,6,7.
- Flush line after infusion to ensure full dose is delivered.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Prepare infusion solution by adding appropriate dose to 50 to 200 mL of compatible IV fluid 1a,5,11; recommended concentration should not to exceed 1mg/mL.
- The final concentration of diluted solution for infusion is dose-related, e.g. higher doses and once-daily regimens may necessitate higher concentrations ? consult local protocols.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Gentamicin must not be mixed physically with other medications in the same infusion solution or infused simultaneously through the same tubing.
- Gentamicin is inactivated by solutions containing penicillins; it is recommended that gentamicin and penicillin doses are administered separately and at different sites to avoid mixing these medications in administration lines.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare solution immediately prior to infusion (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Discard any unused portion.
Administration notes:
- Peripheral vein or central line.
- Infuse over 30 minutes to 2 hours. Consult local protocols.
- Flush line after infusion to ensure full dose is delivered.
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Use undiluted solution. Use stronger solution to minimise volume to be injected.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Draw up immediately prior to use.
Administration notes:
- Inject directly into large muscle.
- Avoid administration into blood vessel.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis to drug and any excipients.
- Do not use in patients with previous hypersensitivity or serious nephrotoxicity and/or ototoxic reactions to any aminoglycoside.
- Avoid concomitant use with other antibiotics or potent diuretics that may enhance neurotoxicity and/or nephrotoxicity.
- Use with caution in patients with muscular disorders, e.g. myasthenia gravis or Parkinson's disease (may aggravate muscle weakness) and patients receiving neuromuscular blockers.
- Prior to therapy, assess renal function (where possible) and obtain a specimen for culture and sensitivity 11.
- Monitor IV site regularly and rotate injection site to reduce risk of local irritation and pain.
- Maintain adequate hydration throughout therapy.
- Notify prescriber if patient develops tinnitus, vertigo or hearing impairment. Monitor auditory and vestibular function regularly (e.g. weekly), particularly in patients undergoing prolonged or repeated therapy 9,11.
- Monitor renal function and urinary output daily 9.
Therapeutic Drug Monitoring
- Gentamicin plasma concentrations should be monitored periodically to optimise efficacy and reduce toxicity, particularly in patients with renal impairment.
-
Consult local hospital guidelines for frequency of monitoring and times post dose to draw levels. These will vary according to dosing interval and renal status:
- peak levels draw specimen usually 30 minutes after the completion of IV infusion or 15 to 30 minutes after an IV injection or 1 hour following intramuscular injection
- mid-dosing levels (as per some hospital guidelines) take a level 6 to 24 hours post dose depending on patient?s renal function and dosing interval
- trough levels draw specimen as a close as practicable prior to the next dose, e.g. within 30 minutes. It is often not necessary or practicable to have the level back before the next dose is administered, however, the level may be used to adjust subsequent doses.
- Draw approximately 5mL of venous blood from a peripheral site (avoids antibiotic contamination).
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
-
(a) Gentamicin Injection [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pfizer New Zealand Ltd, 04 July 2005
(b) DBL™ Gentamicin Injection BP [Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospira NZ Limited, 02 May 2012
- New Zealand Formulary. Gentamicin [Accessed 15 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 15 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
IMIPENEM plus CILASTATIN
Antibacterial ? Carbapenem
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Imipenem+Cilastatin RBX (Douglas) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 500 mg imipenem + 500 mg cilastatin powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to pale yellow powder. Reconstituted solution is clear, colourless to yellow.
Excipients: Sodium bicarbonate (for pH adjustment).
pH: 6.5 to 8.5 when reconstituted.
Sodium content: 37.5 mg (1.6 mmol) sodium per 500 mg imipenem/500 mg cilastatin.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted and diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, solution is stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 4 hours, and refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours 4,7,9,11.
Do not freeze 7.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: cilastatin + imipenem.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Dose represents the quantity of imipenem to be administered. Cilastatin prevents metabolism of imipenem within the kidney.
|
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used 4. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 1 to 2 g daily in 3 to 4 divided doses.
Mild infection: 250 mg every 6 hours.
Moderate infection: 1 g every 12 hours, or 500 mg every 8 hours.
Severe infection: 500 mg every 6 hours, 1 g every 6 to 8 hours.
Maximum dose: usually 50 mg/kg/day or 4 g/day, whichever is lower, cystic fibrosis: up to 90 mg/kg/day, maximum 4 g/day.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 31 to 70 mL/minute: 500 mg every 6 to 8 hours 3.
GFR 21 to 30 mL/minute: 500 mg every 8 to 12 hours 3.
GFR less than 20 mL/min: 250 to 500 mg (or 3.5 mg/kg whichever is lower) every 12 hours 3.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
Not recommended (IM formulation is not available in New Zealand). |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation (concentration expressed as quantity of imipenem):
-
Final concentration usually 5 mg/mL or less (preferred) 10.
Other sources recommend as high as 10 mg/mL via a central line for fluid-restricted patients 3,8.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg imipenem |
Complete vial use |
10 mL |
Partial vial use ~50 mg/mL |
9.2 mL 7 |
- Reconstitute the powder by adding appropriate volume of diluent from 100 mL bag (or 50 mL in fluid-restricted patients; up to 250 mL for a 1 gram dose) of compatible IV fluid, to vial.
- Shake well to disperse the powder evenly in the solution.
- Dilute further by immediately drawing up dose from reconstituted suspension and inject back into the infusion fluid or adding to an appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid.
- If using the whole vial, to ensure complete transfer of the contents from the vial to the infusion solution, repeat by adding 10 mL from the 100 mL infusion bag containing the imipenem+cilastatin to the vial and transferring back to the infusion bag again. Repeat this process until the vial is empty.
- Shake the bag well until the final solution is clear.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9% (preferred).
-
In exceptional circumstances if sodium chloride is contraindicated and diluted infusion solution can be used immediately, the following IV fluids may be considered:
- Glucose (dextrose) 5% 7,8,10.
- Others: Glucose 10% 7,10, mannitol 2.5%, 5% and 10% 7, sodium chloride/glucose combinations 7,10.
AVOID: Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann?s), any solution containing lactate, mannitol 20% 7.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer states not to mix with any other antibiotics.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities and incompatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter and discolouration (brown colour 5); do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Central or peripheral line for 5 mg/mL; central line only for 10 mg/mL 3.
- Administer using small needles and large veins.9
-
Duration of infusion depends on dose:
- for doses up to 500 mg imipenem, infuse over 20 to 30 minutes.
- for doses greater than 500 mg imipenem, infuse over 40 to 60 minutes.
- Reduce the infusion rate in patients who develop nausea, vomiting, hypotension, or sweating during the infusion 9.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis ? more likely to occur in patients with a history of sensitivity to multiple allergens 9. Consider cross sensitivity with other beta lactams, penicillins or cephalosporins.
- If patient develops nausea or vomiting during the infusion, slow the infusion rate 7,9.
- Monitor injection site ? use small needles in large veins (risk of thrombophlebitis, pain, inflammation), and rotate as necessary 9.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of CNS reactions (focal tremors, myoclonus, seizures) 9.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematologic system in prolonged therapy.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Imipenem+Cilastatin RBX [Medsafe Datasheet]. Douglas Pharmaceuticals Ltd, 21 January 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Cilastatin + imipenem [Accessed 21 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
LINCOMYCIN
Antibacterial ? Lincosamide
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Lincocin® (Pfizer) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 600 mg in 2 mL solution.
Each vial contains lincomycin hydrochloride equivalent to 600 mg lincomycin base.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless to almost colourless solution.
Excipients: Benzyl alcohol, water for injection.
pH: 3 to 5.5 5,10
Sodium content: No information.
Storage:
Stock solution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light. Do not freeze.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable at room temperature for up to 24 hours 9.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: lincomycin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 600 mg to 1 g every 8 to 12 hours; up to a maximum of 8 g/day for serious life-threatening infections.
In patients with renal impairment:
In severe renal impairment an appropriate dose is 25 to 30% less.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
Usual dose: 600 mg every 24 hours; may increase frequency to 600 mg every 12 hours or more frequently in serious infections.
In patients with renal impairment:
In severe renal impairment an appropriate dose is 25 to 30% less.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration not to exceed 10 mg/mL ? risk of severe cardiopulmonary reactions especially hypotension at higher concentrations.
-
Dilute by adding required dose to an appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid, not less than 100 mL, e.g:
Volume lincomycin (dose) stock solution |
2 mL (600 mg) |
3.3 mL (1 g) |
6.7 mL (2 g) |
10 mL (3 g) |
13.3 mL (4 g) |
Add to volume of infusion fluid |
100 mL |
100 mL |
200 mL |
300 mL |
400 mL |
Total volume to be infused |
102 mL |
103.3 mL |
206.7 mL |
310 mL |
413.3 ml |
Infusion solution concentration |
~10 mg/mL |
~10 mg/mL |
~10 mg/mL |
~10 mg/mL |
~10 mg/mL |
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9% 7,10
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringers (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 10% 7,10, glucose/sodium chloride combinations, Ringer's 7,10.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibilities: kanamycin, phenytoin.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate or discolouration matter, do not use it present.
Administration notes:
- Ensure patient is lying down during infusion to avoid hypotension 9.
-
Infuse slowly at a rate not exceeding 1 g/hour - risk of cardiopulmonary reactions especially hypotension with rapid administration 9.
Dose |
600 mg |
1 g |
2 g |
3 g |
4 g |
Duration of infusion |
1 hour |
1 hour |
2 hours |
3 hours |
4 hours |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Use undiluted (300 mg/mL).
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use.
- Discard any unused solution immediately.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into a large muscle mass.
- Monitor for local irritation, pain induration and sterile abscess at injection site.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Monitor liver, renal and haematological function during prolonged therapy.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis with prolonged therapy and even several weeks after stopping therapy 7.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Lincocin® [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pfizer New Zealand Limited, 20 February 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Lincomycin [Accessed 19 August 2015]
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 19 August 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
LINEZOLID
Antibacterial ? Oxazolidinone
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Zyvox® (Pfizer) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Premixed bag ? 600 mg in 300 mL solution.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless to yellow solution.
Excipients: Glucose, sodium citrate, citric acid, hydrochloric acid/sodium hydroxide and water for injection.
pH: 4.8 10.
Sodium content: 5 mmol sodium per 600 mg of linezolid 3,10.
Storage:
Premixed solution (ready for infusion): Store at room temperature. Do not freeze. Protect from light 4,9,10. Discard any unused solution (no preservative). Keep the infusion bag in the foil overwrap until time of use.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: linezolid.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 600 mg every 12 hours. In
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: consider reducing dose if platelet count drops 3.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibilities: amphotericin B, chlorpromazine hydrochloride, diazepam, pentamidine isethionate, erythromycin lactobionate, phenytoin sodium and sulphamethoxazole/trimethoprim. Additionally, it is chemically incompatible with ceftriaxone sodium.
- Manufacturer advises not to introduce medications into premixed infusion solution and not to use in series connections.
- When administering other drugs via the same administration set flush line well with compatible IV solution (sodium chloride 0.9%, glucose (dextrose) 5%, Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann?s) and glucose/sodium chloride combinations) before and after delivery 11.
- Other sources recommend some compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- For single use only. Discard any unused solution (no preservative).
- Inspect visually for particulate matter before administration; do not use if present.
- The yellow colour of the infusion solution may intensify over time without affecting potency 4.
- Solution is isotonic.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 30 to 120 minutes ? rate ranging from 5 to 20 mg/minute (300 to 1,200 mg/hour).
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Monitor haematological function weekly during prolonged therapy, more than 2 weeks 4. May cause thrombocytopenia in at risk patients 11. May cause myelosuppression 11.
- Monitor patients taking serotonergic drugs closely 3,11.
- Monitor for lactic acidosis ? nausea and vomiting may be a symptom 11.
- Observe for changed bowel habit ? risk of colitis 11.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Zyvox® [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pfizer New Zealand Pty Ltd, 30 August 2013
- New Zealand Formulary. Linezolid [Accessed 14 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 23 August 2014]
- Burridge N, Deidun D, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 5th ed. (revised July 2012). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2012
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
MEROPENEM
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
DBL™ Meropenem for Injection (Hospira) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 500 mg and 1 g powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains meropenem trihydrate equivalent to 500 mg or 1 g meropenem.
Properties:
Physical description: White powder. Reconstituted solution ranges from clear to pale yellow.
Excipients: Sodium carbonate.
pH: 7.3 to 8.3 7,10.
Sodium content: 90.2 mg (3.92 mmol) sodium per 1 gram meropenem 10.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted solution (for direct IV injection): Prepare immediately before use. Stable when stored at room temperature (below 25?C) for 8 hours, or when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for 24 hours.
Diluted solution (for intermittent IV infusion): Prepare immediately before use. Do not freeze. Stable at concentrations between 1 and 20 mg/mL, when:
- diluted in sodium chloride 0.9%: at room temperature (below 25?C) for 8 hours, or when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for 24 hours.
- diluted in glucose (dextrose) 5%, glucose in sodium chloride combinations, mannitol 2.5% or 10%: at room temperature (below 25?C) for 3 hours, or when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for 14 hours.
- diluted in glucose 10%: at room temperature (below 25?C) for 2 hours, or when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for 8 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: meropenem.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 500 mg to 1 g every 8 hours.
Severe infections: 2 g every 8 hours.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 20 to 50 mL/minute: 500 mg to 2 g every 12 hours 3.
GFR 10 to 20 mL/minute: 500 mg to 1 g every 12 hours or 500 mg every 8 hours 3.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 500 mg to 1 g every 24 hours 3.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Final concentration for direct IV injection usually 50 mg/mL.
Other sources recommend as high as 100 mg/mL for fluid restricted patients 8.
-
Reconstitute the powder by adding an appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
500 mg |
1 g |
Complete vial use ~50 mg/mL |
10 mL |
20 mL |
Complete vial use ~100 mg/mL |
5 mL 8 |
10 mL 8 |
- Shake well until all the powder is dissolved.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter and discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Inject over approximately 5 minutes.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration 1 to 20 mg/mL.
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute dose further by adding required dose to 50 to 200 mL of compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%.
-
In exceptional circumstances if sodium chloride is contraindicated and diluted infusion solution can be used immediately, the following IV fluids may be considered:
- Glucose (dextrose) 5% 7,10.
- Others: Glucose 10% 10, glucose/sodium chloride combinations 10, lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) 10, mannitol 2.5%, 5% or 10% 10, Ringer's 10, sodium chloride 0.45% 10.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer states not to mix with any other drugs.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter and discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 15 to 30 minutes.
- Extended infusion administration over 3 hours (unapproved); consider meropenem?s limited stability of some infusion fluids 4.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Monitor injection site (risk of inflammation, thrombophlebitis, pain, extravasation) 9.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of CNS reactions (focal tremors, myoclonus, seizures) 9.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematologic system in prolonged therapy 9,11.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- DBL Meropenem [Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospiral NZ Limited, 11 May 2011
- New Zealand Formulary. Meropenem [Accessed 21 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 21 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
METRONIDAZOLE
Antibacterial and Antiprotozoal
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Metronidazole-Claris (AFT Pharmaceuticals) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Premixed bag ? 500 mg in 100 mL solution.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless to pale yellow solution.
Excipients: Sodium chloride, disodium hydrogen phosphate, citric acid monohydrate and water for injection.
pH: 4.5 to 6.
Sodium content: 326.4 mg sodium per 500 mg of metronidazole.
Storage:
Premixed solution (ready for infusion): Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light. Do not refrigerate or freeze (may result in crystallisation) 10. Use within 7 days after removing the infusion bag from its carton. Keep the infusion bag in the plastic overwrap until time of use.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: metronidazole.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 500 mg every 8 hours. Maximum 4 g in 24 hours.
Surgical prophylaxis: 500 mg before the procedure; repeated every 8 hours for the next 24 hours. See local protocols.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Infuse undiluted (preferred).
- May be diluted 1 in 5 or greater with compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium Chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Others: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations, glucose 10% (hypertonic).
AVOID: Mixing with lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) or Ringer's - not chemically compatible over extended periods but may be infused via a Y-site.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information on specific drug incompatibilities or compatibilities. It is generally recommended that other drugs should not be added to the infusion solution 6. Other drugs should be administered separately and, if practicable, discontinued during the administration of metronidazole.
- Metronidazole infusion is incompatible with aluminium, do not use equipment containing aluminium products.
- Other sources recommend some compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- For single use only. Discard any unused solution.
- Short-term exposure to normal room light does not affect stability.
- Solution is isotonic
Administration notes:
- Infuse at a rate of 25 mg/minute, e.g. 500 mg over 20 minutes, 1,000 mg over 40 minutes.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Rotate injection site frequently to avoid thrombophlebitis 9.
- Avoid extravasation 9.
- Monitor hepatic and haematological function periodically during prolonged therapy.
- Decrease dose in severe hepatic disease and monitor plasma metronidazole levels.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Metronidazole-Claris [Medsafe Datasheet]. AFT Pharmaceuticals Ltd, 13 July 2012
- New Zealand Formulary. Metronidazole [Accessed 24 August 2014]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 24 August 2014]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
MOXIFLOXACIN (MOXIfloxacin)
Antibacterial ? Fluoroquinolone
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Avelox IV 400 (Bayer) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Premixed bag ? 400 mg in 250 mL solution.
Each premixed bag contains moxifloxacin hydrochloride equivalent to 400 mg moxifloxacin base.
Properties:
Physical description: Transparent, yellow solution.
Excipients: Sodium chloride, hydrochloric acid, sodium hydroxide, water for injection.
pH: 4.1 to 4.6 7.
Sodium content: 34 mmol sodium per 400 mg of moxifloxacin.
Storage:
Premixed solution (ready for infusion): Store at room temperature (between 15?C and 30?C). Do not store below 15?C (risk of precipitation). Do not refrigerate or freeze. Use immediate after opening.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: moxifloxacin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 400 mg once every 24 hours.
Switch to oral therapy as soon as clinically feasible.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended.
|
IM injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Use undiluted (1.6 mg/mL).
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to administer concomitantly via Y-site:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 10 and 20%, Ringer's.
AVOID: Sodium chloride 10% and 20%, sodium bicarbonate.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer does not recommend mixing of other medication in the infusion bag or administration lines. Each medicine should be given separately.
- Other sources recommend limited drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use.
- Inspect visually for particulate matter before administration; do not use if present.
- For single administration only. Discard any unused solution.
Administration notes:
- Flush tubing with a compatible IV fluid before and after administration of moxifloxacin infusion.
- Infuse over 60 minutes (avoid rapid or bolus infusion 4,5,11).
- May be infused directly or via a Y-site together with compatible IV infusion solutions.
- Temporarily discontinue the administration of any other solution during the moxifloxacin infusion.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Take sodium content into consideration in patients who are sodium-restricted.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Observe for changed bowel habit ? risk of colitis.
- Monitor for tendon pain or inflammation; discontinue treatment if it develops - risk of tendon rupture with quinolones. May occur within 48 hours of starting treatment and cases have been reported several months after discontinuation.
- Monitor for QT prolongation ? increased risk associated with higher infusion rates 9.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Avelox IV 400 [Medsafe Datasheet]. Bayer New Zealand Ltd, 18 May 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Moxifloxacin [Accessed 23 August 2015]
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 23 August 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
PIPERACILLIN plus TAZOBACTAM
Antibacterial ? Penicillin plus Beta-Lactamase Inhibitor
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
DBL™ Piperacillin and Tazobactam for Injection (Hospira) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 4 g/500 mg piperacillin/tazobactam powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains piperacillin sodium equivalent to 4 g piperacillin plus tazobactam sodium equivalent to 500 mg tazobactam. Dose is expressed as a combination of both, i.e. 4.5 gram per vial.
Properties:
Physical description: White to off-white powder. Reconstituted solutions range from clear to slightly yellow in colour.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 4.5 to 6.8 7,10
Sodium content: 217 mg (~9.5 mmol) sodium per 4.5 gram vial of piperacillin/tazobactam.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 30?C).
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, reconstituted solutions are stable when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours.
Diluted solution (for IV infusion): Prepare immediately before use. However, diluted solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours 7.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: piperacillin + tazobactam.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Usual dose: 2.25 to 4.5 g every 6 to 8 hours.
Neutropenia (in combination with an aminoglycoside): 4.5 g every 6 hours 2.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 10 to 20 mL/minute: 4.5 g every 8 to 12 hours, or 2.25 g every 6 hours 3.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 4.5 g every 12 hours, or 2.25 g every 8 hours 3.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Dose as for direct IV injection above 2. |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Not recommended |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding an appropriate volume of compatible IV diluent.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
4.5 g |
Complete vial use |
20 mL |
- Swirl the vial until all the powder is dissolved; generally occurs within 5 to 10 minutes.
Compatibility ? Diluents for reconstitution for direct IV injection:
- Water for injection
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5% 10.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Inject slowly over 3 to 5 minutes 2,3.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection above.
- Dilute further by adding the required dose in up to 50 mL of a compatible IV fluid.
- Reconstituted solution (4.5 g in 20 mL) has been infused without further dilution 7,8.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%.
AVOID: Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's), sodium bicarbonate, blood products.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states that piperacillin/tazobactam should not be mixed with other drugs.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities, mostly via Y-site 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs and specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 20 to 30 minutes 7.
- Discontinue any primary infusion during administration if possible 9,11.
- If pain occurs at infusion site, slow infusion 9.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Take sodium content into consideration in patients who are sodium-restricted.
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Check if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required prior to administering first dose 11.
- Observe injection/infusion site for thrombophlebitis; change site every 48 hours 11 or more frequently if indicated.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis.
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematopoietic function periodically during prolonged therapy (greater than 21 days).
- Monitor serum electrolytes, particularly in those with heart failure.
- Observe for increased bleeding tendencies.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- DBL™ Piperacillin and Tazobactam for Injection [Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospira NZ Limited, 18 January 2011
- New Zealand Formulary. Piperacillin + tazobactam [Accessed 29 August 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 29 August 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
PROCAINE BENZYLPENICILLIN
Antibacterial ? Penicillin
PREPARATIONS:
Synonyms:
penicillin G procaine, procaine penicillin.
Trade name(s):
Cilicaine (Healthcare Logistics) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection: Prefilled syringe ? 1.5 gram in 3.4 mL suspension.
Each prefilled syringe contains 1.5 grams procaine benzylpenicillin equivalent to 1.5 MU (million units) 6,7.
Properties:
Physical description: Viscous, white suspension.
Excipients: Phenyl mercuric acetate (preservative), sodium citrate, polysorbate 80, water for injections.
pH: 5 to 7.5 6,7.
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Prefilled syringe: Refrigerate (between 2?C to 8?C). Do not freeze 7.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ datasheet.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Must NOT be used (risk of neurovascular damage) 11. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Must NOT be used. |
Continuous IV infusion |
Must NOT be used. |
IM injection |
Usual dose: 1.5 g daily for 2 to 5 days.
Gonorrhoea: 1 g daily for 1 to 2 weeks, or up to 4.8 g as a single dose in combination with probenecid.
Syphilis: 1 g daily for 10 to 14 days.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Must NOT be used. |
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Single use only. Discard any unused portion.
Administration notes:
- ENSURE IT IS THE CORRECT PRODUCT. Benzylpenicillin (or penicillin G) is available as the procaine salt (procaine benzylpenicillin for IM injection only ? this preparation), the sodium salt (benzylpenicillin sodium for IV and IM injection), the benzathine salt (benzathine benzylpenicillin for IM injection only).
- Warm to room temperature before administration.
- Aspirate before injecting to ensure that needle is not in a blood vessel. If blood appears, withdraw and inject at another site.
- Administer by deep injection in the upper, outer quadrant of buttocks 11.
- Administer at a slow, steady rate to avoid blockage of the needle by the suspended content 5.
- Do not massage injection site 11.
- Avoid injection into or near major nerves or blood vessels, as this may cause neurovascular damage and tissue necrosis 11.
- Injection may be painful ? apply ice to the injection site to alleviate pain and discomfort 11.
- Rotate injection site for repeated doses 4,5,11.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Observe for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor renal and haematologic function periodically with prolonged therapy 4,11.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Cilicaine [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pharmacy Retailing (NZ) Limited, 13 February 2013
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 22 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
TEICOPLANIN
Antibacterial ? Glycopeptide
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Targocid® (Sanofi-Aventis) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 400 mg powder for injection plus 3 mL diluent.
Properties:
Physical description: Off-white powder. Diluent: water for injection.
Excipients: Sodium chloride 7.
pH: 7.2 to 7.8 (when reconstituted).
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted solution (for IM or IV injection): Prepare immediately before use. However, may be refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) and used within 24 hours. Store in the vial; do not store in a syringe.
Diluted solution (for IV injection or infusion): Prepare immediately before use. However, may be refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) and used with 24 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: teicoplanin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Septicaemia/bacteraemia:
Weight less than 70 kg: initially 400 mg every 12 hours for 3 doses, followed by 400 mg once daily 2,6.
Weight greater than 70 kg: initially 6 mg/kg every 12 hours for 3 doses, followed by 6 mg/kg once daily 2,6. Higher doses may be required in severe infection 2.
Bone and joint infections:
Initially 12 mg/kg (~800 mg) every 12 hours for 3 to 5 doses, followed by 12 mg/kg (800 mg) once daily 2,6.
In patients with renal impairment:
Manufacturer suggests reducing the dose from day 4 of treatment.
GFR 40 to 60 mL/minute: from day 4 reduce dose to 50% (one-half) either by giving on alternate days or by administering one-half of the dose daily.
GFR less than 40 mL/minute: from day 4 reduce dose to 33% (one-third) either by giving every third day or by administering one-third of the dose daily.
Another source recommends:
GFR 10 to 20 mL/minute: give normal loading dose (first 3 doses), then 200 mg to 400 mg every 24 to 48 hours 3.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: give normal loading dose (first 3 doses), then 200 mg to 400 mg every 48 to 72 hours 3.
Seek specialist advice for renally impaired and renal replacement patients.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Dose as for IV above.
Maximum dose 3 mL (400 mg) at a single site.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute strictly according to the instructions to avoid the formation of a stable foam which will result in delivery of smaller doses.
- Reconstitute the powder by slowly adding the diluent supplied (3.14 mL water for injection 7) down the side wall of the vial. Do not injection diluent directly into the powder.
- Roll vial gently between the palms until the powder is completely dissolved. DO NOT SHAKE the vial to avoid foam formation.
- If the solution becomes foamy, allow to stand for 15 minutes for the foam to subside.
- Draw up appropriate dose (reconstitution is designed to make a solution containing 400 mg in 3 mL). There will be excess solution remaining in vial which is discarded as the reconstituted vial contains an overage (~460 mg in 3.45 mL).
- Reconstituted solution may be used or may be further diluted with a small volume of compatible IV diluent if desired.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
- Water for injection (use ampoule supplied with product for reconstitution).
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter and stable foam, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Inject over 3 to 5 minutes.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection.
- Draw up appropriate dose (reconstitution is designed to make a solution containing 400 mg in 3 mL). There will be excess solution remaining in vial which is discarded as the reconstituted vial contains an overage (~460 mg in 3.45 mL).
- Dilute further by adding the required dose to a suitable volume of compatible IV fluid, e.g. 50 mL to 100 mL.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringers (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information on drug compatibilities or incompatibilities.
- Other sources provide little additional data 7,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions which may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter and stable foam, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection.
- Draw up appropriate dose (reconstitution is designed to make a solution containing 400 mg in 3 mL). There will be excess solution remaining in vial which is discarded as the reconstituted vial contains an overage (~460 mg in 3.45 mL).
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection (use ampoule supplied with product for reconstitution).
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter and stable foam, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Inject into muscle.
- Maximum 3 mL (400 mg) at a single injection site.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis ? may be life-threatening.
- Caution in patients with hypersensitivity to vancomycin (risk of cross sensitivity).
- A history of ?Red man syndrome? with vancomycin is not a contraindication to teicoplanin use.
- Higher doses, e.g. 12 mg/kg, are associated with an increased risk of fever or rash 2.
- Infusion-related reactions can be limited by administering at a slower rate, e.g. infusing the drug rather than giving as a bolus IV dose.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of Stevens-Johnson syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis (progressive skin rash with blisters or mucosal lesions).
- Monitor renal, hepatic and haematological function periodically during prolonged therapy.
- Monitor auditory function.
- Monitor injection site ? risk of redness, local pain, thrombophlebitis and abscess (IM injection).
Therapeutic drug monitoring.
- In patients with renal impairment, teicoplanin plasma concentrations should be monitored periodically after the first week of therapy and dose adjusted according to trough levels.
-
Consult local hospital guidelines for information about which patients to monitor, frequency of monitoring and times post dose to draw levels.
- trough levels should not exceed 30 microgram/mL in patients on higher doses (12 mg/kg) or 15 microgram/mL for other doses.
- minimum trough level 10 microgram/mL.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Targocid® [Medsafe Datasheet]. Sanofi-Aventis New Zealand Limited, 31 July 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Teicoplanin [Accessed August 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 29 August 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
TICARCILLIN plus CLAVULANIC ACID
Antibacterial ? Penicillin plus beta-lactamase inhibitor
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
TimentinZ® (GlaxoSmithKline) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 3 g/100 mg ticarcillin/clavulanic acid powder for reconstitution. Each vial contains ticarcillin disodium equivalent to 3 g ticarcillin and potassium clavulanate equivalent to 100 mg clavulanic acid. Dose is expressed as ticarcillin content.
Properties:
Physical description: White to pale yellow powder. Reconstituted solutions range from colourless to pale yellow.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 5.5 to 7.5 (reconstituted).
Sodium content: 333 mg (14.4 mmol) sodium per 3.1 gram of ticarcillin/clavulanic acid.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted solution: Stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 6 hours. May be stable for longer when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C). Seek pharmacist advice.
Diluted solution (for IV infusion): Stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours. May be stable for longer when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C). Seek pharmacist advice.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring toNZ Formulary: ticarcillin + clavulanic acid.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Dose expressed as ticarcillin content.
Usual dose:
Weight greater than 60 kg: 3 g every 4 to 6 hours.
Weight less than 60 kg: 200 to 300 mg/kg/day in divided doses every 4 to 6 hours.
Surgical prophylaxis: 3 g as a single dose within 1 hour of surgery. Dose may be repeated every 4 to 6 hours for a total of 3 doses.
Caesarean section: 3 g as soon as the umbilical cord is clamped; repeated twice at 4-hourly intervals.
In patients with renal impairment:
Initial loading dose of 3 g followed by:
GFR 30 to 60 mL/minute: 2 g every 4 hours.
GFR 10 to 30 mL/minute: 2 g every 8 hours.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 2 g every 12 hours.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Not recommended. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration recommended is between 10 mg/mL to 100 mg/mL.
-
Reconstitute powder by adding an appropriate volume of either water for injection, sodium chloride 0.9% or sodium lactate:
Reconstituted solution strength (based on ticarcillin content) |
Vial size |
3 g |
Complete vial use ~140 mg/mL |
20 mL |
Part vial use ~200 mg/mL |
12 mL |
Part vial use ~400 mg/mL |
6 mL |
- Further dilute the required dose in 50 mL to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid, to a concentration of 10 mg/mL to 100 mg/mL.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringers (Hartmann's) 10
- Other: Sodium lactate.
AVOID: Sodium bicarbonate.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends not mixing with any other drug.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter of discolouration, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 30 to 40 minutes 3,7,10.
- Temporarily discontinue any other infusion during administration if possible.
- If pain occurs at infusion site, slow infusion 9.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Take sodium content into consideration in patients who are sodium-restricted.
- Avoid too rapid administration - risk of seizures 9.
- Monitor for early signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity.
- Check if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required prior to administering first dose 11.
- Observe infusion site for thrombophlebitis; change infusion site as indicated 9.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis.
- Monitor hepatic, renal and haematologic function periodically during prolonged therapy 9.
- Observe for electrolyte imbalance. Monitor potassium periodically ? risk of hypokalaemia.
- Observe for increased bleeding tendencies.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Timentin® Injection [Medsafe Datasheet]. GlaxoSmithKline NZ Limited, 08 April 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Ticarcillin + clavulanic acid [Accessed 29 August 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
TIGECYCLINE
Antibacterial ? Glycylcycline
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Tygacil® (Pfizer) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 50 mg powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: Orange powder. Reconstituted solutions range from yellow to orange.
Excipients: Lactose, sodium hydroxide/hydrochloric acid (for pH adjustment).
pH: 7.8 9.
Sodium content: May contain sodium (for pH adjustment) ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Reconstituted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. However, reconstituted solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 6 hours, or refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours.
Diluted solutions: Prepare immediately before use. However, diluted solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 6 hours or, if immediately diluted after reconstitution, may be stored refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 48 hours 4,9.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: tigecycline.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 100 mg initially, followed by 50 mg every 12 hours. |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration should not exceed 1 mg/mL 10,11.
- Reconstitute the powder by adding 5.3 mL of compatible IV diluent to the powder.
- Gently swirl until all the powder is completely dissolved.
- Draw up appropriate dose (reconstitution is designed to make a solution containing 50 mg in 5 mL, 10 mg/mL). There will be excess solution remaining in the vial which is discarded as the reconstituted vial contains an overage.
- Further dilute the dose (either 50 mg [5 mL] or 100 mg [10 mL]) by adding to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to reconstitute and dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibilities: amphotericin B (all formulations), chlorpromazine, diazepam, methylprednisolone, omeprazole and voriconazole.
- The manufacturer and other sources provide information on a range of drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Inspect visually for particulate matter; do not use if present.
- Inspect visually for unusual discolouration (green or black colour); do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Administer via a dedicated line or via a Y-site.
- Infuse over 30 to 60 minutes.
- Flush line with a compatible IV infusion solution before and after administration. Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) may also be used to flush the line 5,7.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Caution in patients with hypersensitivity to tetracyclines ? risk of cross sensitivity.
- Monitor for development of pancreatitis ? uncommon but may be fatal.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis.
- Monitor for injection site reactions (rare) such as pain, phlebitis and oedema 7.
- Monitor hepatic function periodically during therapy.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Tygacil® [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pfizer New Zealand Ltd, 30 April 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Tigecycline [Accessed 30 August 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 30 August 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
TOBRAMYCIN
Antibacterial ? Aminoglycoside
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
DBL™ Tobramycin Injection BP (Hospira) 1a, Tobra-day™ (Phebra) 1b.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 80 mg (tobramycin) in 2 mL solution (Hospira).
Infusion: Vial ? 500 mg (tobramycin) in 5 mL solution (Phebra).
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless to pale yellow solution.
Excipients: Disodium edetate 1a, sodium metabisulfite 1a, sulphuric acid 1a, water for injection 1a,1b plus additional sulphuric acid and/or sodium hydroxide (for pH adjustment) 1a,1b.
pH: 5.5 1a; 3.5 to 6 1b.
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Stock solutions: DBL™ Tobramycin Injection BP (Hospira): Store at room temperature (below 25?C).
Protect from light. Tobra-day™ (Phebra): Refrigerate (between 2?C to 8?C). Do not freeze.
Diluted solutions: DBL™ Tobramycin Injection BP (Hospira): Stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours 4. Tobra-day™ (Phebra): Stable refrigerated (between 2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: tobramycin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Dose usually based on ideal body weight. If patient weighs less than ideal body weight then use actual body weight. Use adjusted body weight for obese patients.
Therapeutic drug monitoring: refer to local hospital protocols.
|
Direct IV injection |
Multiple daily dosing regimen:
Multiple daily dosing regimen: 3 mg/kg daily in 3 divided doses every 8 hours; increased to 5 mg/kg daily in 3 or 4 divided doses every 6 to 8 hours. One source suggests restricting each dose to 120 mg 7. Maximum dosing limits may vary between hospitals 7. Serum tobramycin levels may exceed 12 microgram/mL for a short period.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Multiple daily dosing regimen:
3 mg/kg daily in 3 divided doses every 8 hours; increased to 5 mg/kg daily in 3 or 4 divided doses every 6 to 8 hours 1a.
Cystic fibrosis: 8 to 10 mg/kg daily in 3 or 4 divided doses 1a and adjust according to therapeutic drug monitoring.
Once daily dosing regimen:
Cystic fibrosis (Tobra-day): usually initiate at 10 mg/kg as a once daily dose and adjust according to therapeutic drug monitoring 1b.
Other indications (unapproved regimen): many hospitals use once daily dosing for sepsis or septic shock and other indications. Refer to local hospital protocols for dosing (usually 3 to 7 mg/kg) and therapeutic drug monitoring.
In patients with renal impairment:
Dose regimen is best adjusted using therapeutic drug monitoring.
However, if therapeutic drug monitoring is not feasible manufacturer recommends adjusting dose by extending the dose interval or reducing each dose 1a,3.
Requires regular monitoring of serum creatinine throughout therapy 1a.
Consult local protocols or seek guidance from a pharmacist or renal physician.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Multiple daily dosing regimen:
Multiple daily dosing regimen: 3 mg/kg daily in 3 divided doses every 8 hours; increased to 5 mg/kg daily in 3 or 4 divided doses every 6 to 8 hours.
In patients with renal impairment:
As for intermittent IV infusion above.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Use undiluted or dilute with 20 mL 7 compatible IV diluent.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Draw up (or if diluted prepare) solution immediately before use.
- Discard any unused stock solution.
- Discard any unused diluted solution within 24 hours after preparation.
Administration notes:
- Inject over 3 to 5 minutes 2,6,7.
- Flush line after infusion to ensure full dose is delivered.
- Must not be given once daily by direct IV injection 7.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Prepare infusion solution by adding appropriate dose to 50 to 100 mL (Tobra-day: 50 mL) compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) 7
- Others: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations 7, glucose 10% 7, Mannitol 20% 7.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Tobramycin must not be mixed physically with other medications in the same infusion solution or infused simultaneously through the same tubing.
- Tobramycin is inactivated by solutions containing penicillins; it is recommended that tobramycin and penicillin doses are administered separately and at different sites to avoid mixing these medications in administration lines.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare solution immediately prior to infusion (no preservative). If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Discard any unused stock solution.
- Discard any unused diluted solution within 24 hours after preparation.
Administration notes:
- Peripheral vein or central line.
- Infuse over 20 minutes to 60 minutes (Tobra-day 30 to 60 minutes). Consult local protocols.
- Flush line after infusion to ensure full dose is delivered.
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Draw up immediately prior use.
- Discard any unused portion.
Administration notes:
- Inject directly into large muscle, e.g. gluteal muscle or lateral part of thigh.
- Avoid administration into blood vessel.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis to drug and any excipients ? DBL brand contains sulfites. Sulfite sensitivity more likely in asthmatic patients.
- Do not use in patients with previous hypersensitivity or serious nephrotoxicity and/or ototoxic reactions to any aminoglycoside.
- Avoid concomitant use with other antibiotics or potent diuretics that may enhance neurotoxicity and/or nephrotoxicity.
- Use with caution in patients with muscular disorders, e.g. myasthenia gravis or Parkinson?s disease (may aggravate muscle weakness) and patients receiving neuromuscular blockers.
- Prior to therapy, assess renal function (where possible) and obtain a specimen for culture and sensitivity 11.
- Monitor IV site regularly and rotate injection site to reduce risk of local irritation and pain.
- Maintain adequate hydration throughout therapy 9.
- Notify prescriber if patient develops tinnitus, vertigo or hearing impairment. Monitor auditory and vestibular function regularly (e.g. weekly), particularly in patients undergoing prolonged or repeated therapy 9.
- Monitor renal function and urinary output daily 9.
Therapeutic Drug Monitoring.
- Tobramycin plasma concentrations should be monitored periodically to optimise efficacy and reduce toxicity, particularly in patients with renal impairment.
-
Consult local hospital guidelines for frequency of monitoring and times post dose to draw levels. These will vary according to dosing interval and renal status:
- peak levels draw specimen usually 30 minutes after the completion of IV infusion or 15 to 30 minutes after an IV injection or 1 hour following intramuscular injection.
- mid-dosing levels (as per some hospital guidelines) take a level 8 to 24 hours post dose depending on patient's renal function and dosing interval.
- trough levels draw specimen as close as practicable prior to the next dose, e.g. within 30 minutes. It is often not necessary or practicable to have the level back before the next dose is administered, however, the level may be used to adjust subsequent doses.
- Draw approximately 5 mL of venous blood from a peripheral site (avoids antibiotic contamination).
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
-
(a) DBL™ Tobramycin Injection BP [Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospira NZ Limited, 05 August 2010
(b) Tobra-day? [Medsafe Datasheet]. AFT Pharmaceuticals Ltd, 19 December 2013
- New Zealand Formulary. Tobramycin [Accessed 15 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014]
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 15 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
TRIMETHOPRIM WITH SULFAMETHOXAZOLE
SYNONYMS
Co-trimoxazole, Trimethoprim compound
TRADE NAME
SULFAMETHOXAZOLE 400 mg AND TRIMETHOPRIM 80 mg DBL
AVAILABILITY
Ampoule contains 80 mg of trimethoprim and 400 mg of sulfamethoxazole in 5 mL. Also contains diethanolamine, propylene glycol, absolute alcohol, sodium metabisulfite and sodium hydroxide.1
PREPARATION
Dilute before use. Shake well to ensure thorough mixing.1 Discard if visible turbidity or particles appear in the solution during the preparation or infusion.1
ADMINISTRATION
IM injection : Not recommended
SUBCUT injection : Not recommended
IV injection : Not recommended
1
IV infusion : Dilute to 1 in 25 with a compatible fluid as below and infuse over 60 to 90 minutes.
1
Dose | 80/400 mg | 160/800 mg | 240/1200 mg |
Volume | 5 mL (1 ampoule) | 10 mL (2 ampoules) | 15 mL (3 ampoules) |
Dilute to | 125 mL | 250 mL | 500 mL |
For fluid-restricted patients, dilute to 1 in 15 i.e. 5 mL (1 ampoule) in 75 mL of glucose 5%.
2,3
IV use for infants and children : Dilute to 25 times the volume of the dose with a compatible fluid and infuse over 60 to 90 minutes.
3,4 If fluid-restricted, dilute to 10 or 15 times the volume of the dose with glucose 5% and infuse over 60 minutes.
3,4 See SPECIAL NOTES
STABILITY
Ampoule : Store below 30 ?C. Do not refrigerate. Protect from light.1
Diluted solution : Start the infusion within 30 minutes of preparation.1
Dilutions of 1 in 25 are stable for 24 hours below 25 ?C. Dilution with Hartmann?s is stable for 8 hours.1 Do not refrigerate diluted solutions.1
Use dilutions of 1 in 10 and 1 in 15 in glucose 5% immediately after preparation as precipitation may occur within 1 to 2 hours.2,4
COMPATIBILITY
Compatible fluids : See SPECIAL NOTES. Glucose 5%1,2, glucose 10%1, glucose in sodium chloride solutions1,2, Hartmann's1,2, sodium chloride 0.9%1
Compatible via Y-site : Aciclovir2, amifostine2, anidulafungin2, atracurium2, aztreonam2, bivalirudin2, ceftaroline fosamil2, dexmedetomidine2, esmolol2, filgrastim2, granisetron2, hydromorphone2, labetalol2, magnesium sulfate2, morphine sulfate2, pancuronium2, pethidine2, piperacillin-tazobactam (EDTA-free)2, remifentanil2, vecuronium2, zidovudine2
Compatible in syringe : Not applicable
INCOMPATIBILITY
Incompatible fluids : No information
Incompatible drugs : Caspofungin2, dolasetron1, foscarnet1,2, linezolid1,2, midazolam2
SPECIAL NOTES
Dilutions of 1 in 10 or 1 in 15 are recommended to be made with glucose 5% as there is limited stability in sodium chloride 0.9%.4 Seek specialist advice if sodium chloride 0.9% is the required fluid.
Contains sodium metabisulfite which may cause allergic reactions in susceptible people.1
REFERENCES
- Product Information. AusDI [Internet]. Sydney: Phoenix Medical Publishing; 2006. Updated 02/08/13. Accessed 14/08/13.
- Trissel LA. Handbook on injectable drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, Maryland: Am. Society of Health System Pharmacists; 2013.
- Paediatric Formulary Committee. BNF for children. Basingstoke, UK: Pharmaceutical Press; 2013-2014.
- Taketomo C, Hodding J, Kraus D. Paediatric and neonatal dosage handbook 19th ed. Hudson, Ohio: American Pharmacists Association. Lexicomp; 2012.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
VANCOMYCIN
Antibacterial ? Glycopeptide
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Vancomycin (Mylan) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 500 mg powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains vancomycin hydrochloride equivalent to 500 mg vancomycin.
Properties:
Physical description: White to almost white lyophilised powder.
Excipients: No information
pH: 2.8-4.5 when reconstituted in water.
Sodium content: No information.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light 7.
Reconstituted solution: Stable when refrigerated (between 2?C and 8?C) for up to 96 hours (4 days).
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, if storage required, solution is stable when refrigerated (between 2?C and 8?C) for up to 24 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: vancomycin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Dose is usually based on ideal body weight. Refer to local protocols for specific dosing information. Therapeutic drug monitoring: refer to local hospital protocols.
|
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended.
Rapid injection may be associated with hypotension including shock and, rarely, cardiac arrest.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: loading dose not less than 15 mg/kg, followed by 500 mg every 6 hours, or 1 g every 12 hours. Higher doses may be required, e.g. 1.5 g every 12 hours 2.
Lower doses may be required in the elderly, e.g. 500 mg every 12 hours or 1 g every 24 hours 2. Consult local protocols.
In patients with renal impairment:
Loading dose as for normal renal function, followed by:
GFR 20 to 50 mL/minute: 500 mg to 1 g every 12 to 24 hours 3
GFR 10 to 20 mL/minute: 500 mg to 1 g every 24 to 48 hours 3
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 500 mg to 1 g every 48 to 96 hours 3.
Consult local protocols or seek guidance from a pharmacist or renal physician.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Following a loading dose, the total daily dose may be administered over 24 hours. |
IM injection |
MUST NOT be used (irritant, may cause tissue necrosis). |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT OR CONTINUOUS IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute each 500 mg vial with 10 mL of water for injection (concentration 50 mg/mL).
-
Further dilute appropriate dose with a suitable volume (100 to 200 mL) of compatible IV fluid:
- Intermittent IV infusion: usually to a concentration up to 5 mg/mL. In fluid restricted patients usually up to 10 mg/mL (although up to 20 mg/mL has been used 3,8).
- Continuous IV infusion: dilute the total daily dose in a suitable volume to permit administration over 24 hours, maximum concentration 5 mg/mL.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) 7,10
- Other: Glucose 10% 7.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Vancomycin solutions are acidic and may cause chemical or physical instability when mixed with other compounds, particularly alkaline drugs and metal ions.
- Manufacturer makes no recommendations about incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately prior to infusion (no preservative).
- Visually inspect for particulate matter and discolouration prior to administration.
- Discard any unused solution 24 hours after preparation.
Administration notes:
- Confirm patency of the vein ? avoid extravasation.
-
Infuse:
-
By intermittent IV infusion: at a rate of 500 mg/hour and not exceeding 10 mg/minute (600 mg/hour) to avoid rapid infusion related reactions (red man syndrome) 7. Some centres have used rates as high as 1,000 mg/hour 7 but should only be used if recommended in your local hospital protocol.
-
By continuous IV infusion: at a constant rate over 24 hours.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Do not use in patients with previous hypersensitivity or serious nephrotoxic and/or ototoxic reactions to the drug.
- Use with caution in patients with muscular disorders, e.g. myasthenia gravis or Parkinson?s disease (may aggravate muscle weakness) and patients receiving neuromuscular blockers.
- Prior to therapy, assess renal function and take a specimen for culture and sensitivities 11.
- Monitor renal function (serum creatinine and urine output) during treatment, particularly in patients with renal insufficiency and those receiving concomitant nephrotoxic medications, e.g. aminoglycosides.
- Monitor fluid balance 11.
- Notify prescriber if patient develops tinnitus, vertigo or hearing impairment. Monitor auditory and vestibular function regularly (e.g. weekly) in patients undergoing with prolonged therapy 9.
- Monitor IV site regularly and rotate injection site and use lowest practicable infusion solution concentration 7 to reduce risk of local irritation and pain.
- Monitor for infusion related - greater risk with higher infusion solution concentrations.
- Monitor for 'Red man syndrome' can occur if infusion is given too rapidly. Signs and symptoms include maculopapular rash on face, neck, truck and limbs, as well as muscle spasms, hypotension, dyspnoea and pruritus caused by histamine release. Stopping the infusion usually results in prompt cessation of these reactions 5,11.
Therapeutic Drug Monitoring.
- Vancomycin plasma concentrations are required to optimise therapy, especially in elderly patients and patients with changing renal function.
- Consult local hospital guidelines for frequency of monitoring and times post dose to draw levels. These vary according to dosing interval and renal status.
-
Usually based on trough levels at steady state (prior to the third of fourth dose):
- For IV intermittent infusions: draw specimen as close as practicable prior to next dose, e.g. within 30 minutes.
- For continuous IV infusions: draw specimen when bag is changed.
- It is often not necessary or practicable to have the level back before the next dose is administered, however, the level may be used to adjust subsequent doses.
- Draw approximately 5 mL of venous blood from a peripheral site (avoids antibiotic contamination).
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Vancomycin [Medsafe Datasheet]. Mylan New Zealand Ltd, 17 October 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Vancomycin [Accessed 15 June 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 15 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
VORICONAZOLE
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Vfend® (Pfizer) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 200 mg powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White lyophilised powder.
Excipients: Sulfobutyl betadex sodium (SBECD).
pH: 6 to 7 7.
Sodium content: 217.6 mg (9.4 mmol 7) sodium per 200 mg voriconazole
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C). Protect from light 7.
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, reconstituted solutions may be refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours.
Diluted solutions (for IV infusion): Prepare immediately before use. However, diluted solutions may be refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours including any time stored as reconstituted solution.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: voriconazole.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Switch to oral therapy as soon as clinically feasible.
Serious invasive Candida infections: 6 mg/kg every 12 hours for the first 24 hours, followed by 3 mg/kg every 12 hours.
Invasive aspergillosis/Scedosporium and Fusarium infections/other serious fungal infections:
6 mg/kg every 12 hours for the first 24 hours, followed by 4 mg/kg every 12 hours.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 50 mL/minute: Intravenous vehicle (sulfobutyl betadex sodium [SBECD]) accumulates in renal impairment. Switch to oral therapy as soon as possible.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Reconstitute powder with 19 mL water for injection; makes a concentration of 10 mg/mL.
- Discard the vial if a vacuum does not pull the diluent into the vial.
- Shake thoroughly until all the powder is dissolved.
- Draw up required dose (200 mg = 20 mL) of reconstituted concentrate.
-
Add dose to an appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid to obtain a final concentration between 0.5 mg/mL and 5 mg/mL, e.g.:
Total volume to make following infusion concentration |
Dose to be administered |
100 mg |
200 mg |
300 mg |
400 mg |
500 mg |
600 mg |
Concentration 0.5 mg/mL |
200 mL |
400 mL |
- |
- |
- |
- |
Concentration 1 mg/mL |
100 mL |
200 mL |
300 mL |
400 mL |
500 mL |
- |
Concentration 2.5 mg/mL |
40 mL |
80 mL |
120 mL |
160 mL |
200 mL |
240 mL |
Concentration 3 mg/mL |
- |
- |
100 mL |
- |
- |
200 mL |
Concentration 5 mg/mL |
20 mL |
40 mL |
60 mL |
80 mL |
100 mL |
120 mL |
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations, sodium chloride 0.45%.
AVOID: Sodium bicarbonate.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends not mixing with other medications or infusing concomitantly with any blood products or any short term infusion of concentrated electrolytes even if the two infusions are running in separate lines.
- TPN and non-concentrated electrolyte solutions may be infused through a separate line.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities via Y-site 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter, use only use clear solutions without particles.
- Discard any unused content from opened vials.
Administration notes:
- Administer over 1 to 2 hours at a maximum rate of 3 mg/kg/hour, i.e. loading dose 6 mg/kg over 2 hours (120 minutes), maintenance dose 4 mg/kg over 80 minutes, or maintenance dose 3 mg/kg over 1 hour (60 minutes).
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Take sodium content into consideration in patients who are sodium restricted.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis ? caution in patients with hypersensitivity to other azole antifungals.
- Correct electrolyte disturbances such as hypomagnesaemia, hypokalaemia, hypocalcaemia prior to initiating therapy and monitor during therapy.
- Monitor for infusion-related reactions including chest tightness, dyspnoea, fever, flushing, pruritus, sweating, rash and tachycardia.
- Exercise caution in renal impairment ? risk of accumulation of the excipient, sulfobutyl betadex sodium (SBECD).
- Monitor liver function tests at the start of and during therapy.
- Monitor patients for development of pancreatitis.
- Monitor for exfoliative cutaneous reactions, such as Stevens-Johnson syndrome.
- Advise patients to avoid intense or prolonged exposure to sunlight and to avoid sunbeds ? phototoxicity occurs commonly.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- VFEND® [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pfizer New Zealand Ltd, 11 August 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Voriconazole [Accessed 30 August 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 30 August 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CHLORAMPHENICOL
Antibacterial ? Broad Spectrum
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Kemicetine Succinate (Link Healthcare) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Vial ? 1 g powder for reconstitution.
Each vial contains 1.377 g chloramphenicol sodium succinate equivalent to 1 g chloramphenicol.
Properties:
Physical description: No information.
Excipients: None.
pH: 6.4 to 7 when reconstituted 7,10.
Sodium content: 3.14 mmol sodium per 1 gram chloramphenicol 3.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C) 7.
Reconstituted and diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable when refrigerated (2?C to 8?C) for up to 24 hours 7,9. Discard 24 hours after preparation.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: chloramphenicol.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Preferred route 6.
Usual dose: 1 g every 6 to 8 hours or 12.5 mg/kg every 6 hours 2,9.
Severe infections (septicaemia, meningitis): 25 mg/kg every 6 hours;
maximum 4 g/24 hours 9.
|
Intermittent IV infusion |
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Use only when unable to administer via IV route (absorption via IM route may be slow and unpredictable).
Dose same as for IV route above.
|
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
DIRECT IV INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration should not exceed 100 mg/mL 7.
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IV injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
Total volume of reconstituted solution containing 1 g chloramphenicol |
1 g |
Partial vial use ~400 mg/mL |
1.7 mL |
2.5 mL |
Partial vial use ~250 mg/mL |
3.2 mL |
4 mL |
Partial vial use ~200 mg/mL |
4.2 mL |
5 mL |
Complete or partial vial use ~100 mg/mL |
9.2 mL |
10 mL |
Complete vial use ~92.6 mg/mL |
10 mL |
10.8 mL |
- Draw up appropriate dose and dilute further, if necessary, to a concentration of 100 mg/mL or less by adding reconstituted solution to an appropriate volume of diluent for IV injection.
Compatibility ? Diluents for direct IV injection:
- Water for injection
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Inspect visually for cloudiness or particulate matter; do not use if present 5,7.
Administration notes:
- Administer via peripheral vein or side arm.
- Inject over at least 1 minute 3,4,7,10.
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration should not to exceed 20 mg/mL 4.
- Reconstitute as for direct IV injection and dilute further by adding to an appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid (usually 50 mL to 100 mL) 7.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) 7
- Others: Glucose 2.5%, glucose 10% 7, glucose/sodium chloride combinations 7, Ringer's 7, sodium chloride 0.45% 7.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information on drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Other sources recommend some compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no information on drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Other sources recommend some compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Inspect visually for cloudiness or particulate matter; do not use if present 5,7.
Administration notes:
- Administer via peripheral vein or side arm.
- Infuse over at least 10 minutes 7,9, usually over 15 to 30 minutes 4,9.
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
-
Reconstitute by adding appropriate volume of compatible diluent for IM injection to vial.
Reconstituted solution strength |
Vial size |
Total volume of reconstituted solution after dilution |
1 g |
Complete or partial vial use ~400 mg/mL |
1.7 mL |
2.5 mL |
Complete or partial vial use ~250 mg/mL |
3.2 mL |
4 mL |
- Withdraw appropriate dose for IM injection
Compatibility ? Diluents for IM administration:
- Water for injection
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%.
Injection solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Inspect visually for cloudiness or particulate matter; do not use if present 5,7.
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into a large muscle.
- Although the manufacturer states chloramphenicol may be given via this route, IV administration is preferred due to controversy over absorption and effectiveness via IM administration 1,5,6. Intramuscular doses may produce lower blood levels than IV doses and peak blood levels may take 2 to 4 hours.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Monitor complete blood count at baseline and every 2 days during therapy 4,9.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Kemicetine Succinate [Datasheet].Pharmacia Limited, 6 February 2014 [Accessed via Link Healthcare]
- New Zealand Formulary. Chloramphenicol [Accessed 11 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 11 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CLARITHROMYCIN (clarithromycin)
Antibacterial ? Macrolide
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Clarithromycin Powder for Concentrate for Solution for Infusion (Max Health) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 500 mg powder for reconstitution.
Properties:
Physical description: White to almost white lyophilised powder.
Excipients: Lactobionic acid, sodium hydroxide (for pH adjustment 10).
pH: No information.
Sodium content: May contain sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 30?C). Protect from light.
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, may be stored at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours, and refrigerated (between 2?C and 8?C) for up to 48 hours.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, in-use and storage time should not exceed 6 hours at room temperature (below 25?C), and 48 hours if refrigerated (between 2?C and 8?C).
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: clarithromycin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Intermittent IV infusion |
Usual dose: 500 mg every 12 hours. Maximum 5 days duration, switch to oral route as soon as practicable.
In patient with renal impairment 3:
GFR less than 30 mL/minute: 250 to 500 mg every 12 hours.
Seek specialist advice for renal replacement patients.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Usual concentration 2 mg/mL; maximum concentration must not exceed 5 mg/mL 8.
- Reconstitute by adding 10 mL of water for injection to the 500 mg vial (concentration 50 mg/mL). Shake thoroughly until all the powder is dissolved.
-
Dilute further with an appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid:
- Manufacturer recommends 500 mg diluted to a volume of 250 mL (usual concentration 2 mg/mL).
- Other sources recommend 500 mg diluted to a minimum volume of 100 mL (maximum concentration 5 mg/mL), although one site has used 500 mg in 50 mL (10 mg/mL) 8.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose/sodium chloride combinations.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer provides no specific information on drug incompatibilities or compatibilities.
- Another source recommends some drug compatibilities via Y-site administration 10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Reconstituted and diluted solutions should be prepared immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Inspect for discolouration or particulate matter; if present do not use.
Administration notes:
-
Infuse into a:
- large proximal vein for infusion solution concentrations 2 mg/mL or less 10.
- central line for infusion solution concentrations greater than 2 mg/mL 8.
- Infuse over at least 60 minutes; rate should not exceed 500 mg/hour 8.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Monitor injection site for thrombophlebitis and rotate as indicated.
- Monitor for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis.
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of myasthenia gravis ? may exacerbate the condition.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Clarithromycin 500 mg Powder for Concentrate for Solution for Infusion [Medsafe Datasheet]. Max Health, 1 November 2013
- New Zealand Formulary. Clarithromycin [Accessed 11 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 11 July 2015]
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
CLINDAMYCIN (clINDAmycin)
Antibacterial ? Lincosamide
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Dalacin™ C Phosphate (Pfizer) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Injection/Infusion: Ampoule ? 600 mg in 4 mL solution.
Each 1 mL contains 150 mg clindamycin base.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless solution.
Excipients: Water for injection, benzyl alcohol, disodium edetate, sodium hydroxide/hydrochloric acid for pH adjustment.
pH: 5.5 to 7 7,10.
Sodium content: May contain sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Stock solution: Refrigerate (2?C to 8?C). Do not freeze.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours 7. Discard any unused portion after 24 hours 4.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: clindamycin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Must NOT be used. |
Intermittent IV infusion. |
Usual dose: 150 mg to 300 mg every 6 hours.
More severe infections: 300 mg to 675 mg every 6 hours 1,2.
Life-threatening infections: up to 4.8 g daily in 4 divided doses 2.
Endocarditis prophylaxis: 600 mg as a single dose just before the procedure 2.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Dose as above.
Administer initial dose by intermittent infusion, followed by a continuous infusion between 0.75 to 1.25 mg/min 5,6,9,10.
|
IM injection |
Endocarditis prophylaxis: 600 mg as a single dose just before the procedure 2. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Not recommended. |
INTERMITTENT OR CONTINUOUS IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration should not to exceed 18 mg/mL.
-
Dilute by adding required dose to appropriate volume of a compatible IV fluid:
- 300 mg (2 mL stock solution) to 50 mL
- 600 mg (4 mL stock solution) to 50 mL
- 900 mg (6 mL stock solution) to 100 mL
- 1,200 mg (8 mL stock solution) to 100 mL.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) 7
- Others: Glucose 10% 10, Glucose/sodium chloride combinations 7,10.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer states the following drugs incompatibilities: aminophylline, barbiturates, calcium gluconate, ceftriaxone sodium, ciprofloxacin, magnesium sulfate, and phenytoin sodium.
- Clindamycin salt solutions have an acidic pH so are therefore considered incompatible with alkaline preparations or drugs that are unstable in acidic solutions 6.
- Manufacturer states the following drug compatibilities: amikacin, aztreonam, cefazolin, cefotaxime, cefoxitin, ceftazidime, cefuroxime, gentamicin, piperacillin and tobramycin.
- Other sources recommend additional drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
Administration notes:
-
Intermittent infusion:
-
Infuse over 10 to 60 minutes, at a rate of infusion not to exceed 30 mg/minute. The following infusion rates are recommended:
- 300 mg in 50 mL over at least 10 minutes
- 600 mg in 50 mL over at least 20 minutes
- 900 mg in 100 mL over at least 30 minutes
- 1,200 mg in 100 mL over at least 40 minutes.
- No more than 1200 mg should be given in a one hour period.
- Severe hypotension and cardiac arrest can occur if infusion is too rapid 9.
-
Continuous infusion:
- Infuse at a rate between 0.75 mg/minute to 1.25 mg/minute 5,6,9,10.
- Rotate infusion site (risk of thrombophlebitis).
INTRAMUSCULAR INJECTION:
Injection solution concentration and preparation:
Administration notes:
- Inject deep into a large muscle mass.
- Rotate injection sites if receiving more than a single dose (risk of local irritation, pain, induration and sterile abscess).
- Maximum single dose by IM injection is 600 mg 3,4,6,11. Higher doses should be given as an IV infusion 3.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis ? use with caution in atopic patients.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Monitor injection site daily for phlebitis and/or irritation 11.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis with prolonged therapy.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Dalacin® C Phosphate [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pfizer New Zealand Ltd, 20 December 2013
- New Zealand Formulary. Clindamycin [Accessed 17 August 2014]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 14 June 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
FOSCARNET SODIUM
PREPARATIONS:
Synonyms:
PFA, phosphonoformic acid trisodium, trisodium phosphonoformate.
Trade name(s):
Foscavir (Healthcare Logistics) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Premixed infusion solution ? 6 grams in 250 mL solution.
Each 1 ml solution contains 24 mg of foscarnet trisodium hexahydrate.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear, colourless solution.
Excipients: Hydrochloric acid, water for injection.
pH: 7.4.
Sodium content: 1.375 grams (60 mmol) per 6 grams foscarnet sodium.
Storage:
Premixed infusion solution: Store at room temperature (15oC to 30oC). Do not refrigerate or freeze (precipitation may occur). Once open discard solution within 24 hours (no preservative).
Diluted solution: Stable at room temperature (below 25oC) or refrigerated for 24 hours when diluted in a PVC infusion bag.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: foscarnet sodium.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Must NOT be used. |
Intermittent IV infusion. |
CMV retinitis: induction, 60 mg/kg every 8 hours for 2 to 3 weeks, followed by a maintenance dose of 90 to 120 mg/kg/day once daily.
Herpes simplex virus infection: induction, 40 mg/kg every 8 hours.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR 20 to 50 mL/minute: 28 mg/kg every 8 hours 3.
GFR 10 to 20 mL/minute: 15 mg/kg every 8 hours 3.
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 6 mg/kg every 8 hours 3.
Seek specialist advice for renal impairment and renal replacement patients.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
May be given by this method 3. Infuse total daily dose over 24 hours. |
IM injection |
Must NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Must NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
-
May be given undiluted or diluted depending on site of IV access:
- central line: use premixed solution (24 mg/mL) undiluted.
- peripheral vein: dilute solution to a concentration of 12 mg/mL with a compatible IV fluid (equal parts) immediately prior to administration.
- Calculate required dose. Remove any excess quantity of medication from the infusion bottle using aseptic technique. Only the calculated dose should be in the infusion bottle (to avoid any possibility of overdose) 5,9.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%.
AVOID: Glucose 30% 7, Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's) 7,10, Ringer's 7, solutions containing calcium.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer states the following drug incompatibilities: aciclovir, amphotericin B, sulfamethoxazole/trimethoprim (co-trimoxazole), ganciclovir, pentamidine isethionate or vancomycin.
- Manufacturer recommends that medications should not be infused via the same IV line.
- Other sources do recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information regarding individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter or discolouration; do not use if present.
- Do not use if seal is not intact.
- Discard any solution remaining after 24 hours.
Administration notes:
- Administer via an infusion pump 5,11.
- May be given undiluted via a central line. Must be diluted for administration a peripheral line.
-
Infuse:
- induction dose for CMV retinitis: over at least 1 hour (usually 60 mg/kg/hour).
- maintenance dose for CMV retinitis: over at least 2 hours (usually 45 to 60 mg/kg/hour).
-
induction for herpes simplex virus infection: over at least 1 hour (usually 40 mg/kg/hour).
Foscarnet ? dose conversion chart: mg/kg/hour to mL/kg/hour |
Dose rate mg/kg/hour |
40 |
45 |
60 |
Infusion solution concentration |
Converts to Dose rate mL/kg/hour
|
12 mg/mL |
Diluted 1:1 via peripheral line |
3.3 |
3.8 |
5 |
24 mg/mL |
Undiluted via central line |
1.7 |
1.9 |
2.5 |
- Rate should not exceed 60 mg/kg/hour - rapid infusion can result in toxicity 9.
- Reduce infusion rate should patients experience nausea or extremity paraesthesia.
- Ensure adequate hydration is maintained in all patients to minimise the potential of renal impairment. Administer 500 to 1,000 mL sodium chloride 0.9% (or glucose 5%) before the first foscarnet infusion to establish diuresis. With subsequent infusions, supplement each infusion with 500 to 1,000 mL fluid to maintain adequate hydration. Consider oral hydration.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Take sodium content and the total volume of fluid administered into consideration for patients who are sodium-restricted and/or fluid-restricted.
- Maintain adequate hydration to prevent renal toxicity 9,11.
- Monitor renal function and complete blood count closely 9,11.
- Monitor serum electrolytes ? has resulted in hypo- and hyperphosphataemia, hypocalcaemia, hypokalaemia, hypomagnesaemia, resulting in cardiac disturbances, seizures and tetany 9.
- Monitor peripheral injection site for thrombophlebitis.
- Advise patient to clean genital area after each micturition - passing urine may be associated with genital irritation or ulceration because of the high foscarnet concentration.
- Contact with skin and eyes may cause local irritation and a burning sensation. If accidental contact occurs, rinse the exposed area with cold water immediately.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Foscavir [Medsafe Datasheet]. Pharmacy Retailing (NZ) Ltd, 20 August 2014
- New Zealand Formulary. Foscarnet sodium [Accessed 27 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information [online]. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists. [Accessed via http://www.ahfsdruginformation.com/support/not_in_print/a392019.aspx/ 27 July 2015]
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 27 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
RIFAMPICIN
Antibacterial/Antituberculosis Agent
PREPARATIONS:
Trade name(s):
Rifadin (Sanofi-Aventis) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Vial ? 600 mg powder for reconstitution plus diluent.
Properties:
Physical description: Red powder.
Excipients: No information.
pH: 7.8 to 8.8 (when reconstituted) 7.
Sodium content: No information.
Storage:
Powder for reconstitution: Store at room temperature (below 25?C)
7. Protect from light
7.
Reconstituted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, reconstituted solutions are stable at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours.
Diluted solution: Prepare immediately before use. However, diluted solutions are stable:
- when diluted in sodium chloride 0.9%: at room temperature for up to 6 hours.
- when diluted in glucose 5%: at room temperature for up to 4 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: rifampicin.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Direct IV injection |
Not recommended. |
Intermittent IV infusion. |
Tuberculosis:
Weight less than 50 kg: 450 mg once daily.
Weight greater than or equal to 50 kg: 600 mg once daily.
Other susceptible infections: 600 mg to 1,200 mg daily in 2 to 4 divided doses 2.
In patients with renal impairment:
GFR less than 10 mL/minute: 50% to 100% of usual dose 3.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
Not recommended. |
IM injection |
Must NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Must NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
- Final concentration not to exceed 6 mg/mL 4.
- Reconstitute by adding 10 mL water for injection (diluent provided) to the vial; concentration of reconstituted solution 60 mg/mL.
- Swirl vial gently until all the powder is dissolved.
- Dilute further by drawing up the required dose and adding to 250 mL to 500 mL of compatible IV fluid.
- In fluid-restricted patients or patients with limited IV access, add the required dose to 100 mL of compatible IV fluid.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5% (preferred 11).
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer specifically states the following drug incompatibilities at Y-site: diltiazem.
- Other standard sources provide little additional information regarding drug compatibilities. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use. If storage is required, see 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect for particulate matter, do not use if present.
Administration notes:
- Infuse 250 to 500 mL infusion solution over 1 to 3 hours, and 100 mL infusion solution in fluidrestricted patients over 30 minutes. Some specialist units give the reconstituted solution (60 mg/mL) over 10 minutes (prescriber?s responsibility) 3.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for signs and symptoms of hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis.
- Monitor injection site for extravasation ? may cause local irritation and inflammation. If this occurs, discontinue the infusion and restart at another site 7.
- Warn patient that red-orange discolouration of urine, faeces, saliva, sweat and tears may occur 7. Soft lenses may be permanently stained 7.
- Monitor hepatic and haematologic function periodically during therapy.
- Monitor uric acid levels 11.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- Rifadin [Medsafe Datasheet]. Sanofi-Aventis New Zealand Limited, 22 January 2015
- New Zealand Formulary. Rifampicin [Accessed 29 August 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 29 August 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2014 Drug Handbook. 34th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
SULFAMETHOXAZOLE plus TRIMETHOPRIM (trimETHOPRIM)
Antibacterial ? Broad spectrum
PREPARATIONS:
Synonym:
co-trimoxazole, trimethoprim plus sulfamethoxazole
Trade name(s):
DBL™ Sulfamethoxazole and Trimethoprim Concentrate for Injection (Hospira) 1.
Stock preparation(s):
Infusion: Ampoule ? 400 mg sulfamethoxazole plus 80 mg trimethoprim in 5 mL solution.
Properties:
Physical description: Clear solution.
Excipients: Diethanolamine, propylene glycol, alcohol, sodium metabisulfite, sodium hydroxide 7.
pH: ~10.
Sodium content: Contains sodium ? amount not stated.
Storage:
Stock solution: Store at room temperature (below 30?C). Do not refrigerate. Protect from light. Risk of precipitation if stored at low temperatures ? discard solution in which precipitation has occurred.
Diluted solution for IV infusion: Prepare immediately before use and commence infusion within 30 minutes of preparation. Do not refrigerate (increases risk of precipitation)
4. Manufacturer recommended dilutions are more stable
4, and may be stored:
- when diluted with compatible IV fluids except Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's): at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 24 hours.
- when diluted with Lactated Ringer?s (Hartmann's): at room temperature (below 25?C) for up to 8 hours.
BEFORE ADMINISTERING CHECK:
Indications, Contraindications, Cautions, Interactions, Hepatic impairment, Renal impairment, Pregnancy, Breast-feeding, Adverse effects by referring to NZ Formulary: trimethoprim + sulfamethoxazole.
DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION
Adults ? usual dose
Doses expressed as combination of sulfamethoxazole and trimethoprim, i.e.:
100 mg sulfamethoxazole + 20 mg trimethoprim equals 120 mg
800 mg sulfamethoxazole + 160 mg trimethoprim equals 960 mg
1,200 mg sulfamethoxazole + 240 mg trimethoprim equals 1,440 mg.
|
Direct IV injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Intermittent IV infusion. |
Use only when unable to administer via the oral route.
Usual dose: 960 mg every 12 hours.
Severe infections: 1,440 mg every 12 hours.
Pneumocystis carinii pneumonia (PCP): 120 mg/kg per day in 2 to 4 divided doses.
In patients with renal impairment: 3
GFR 15 to 30 mL/minute: 50% of usual dose. PCP: 60 mg /kg twice daily for 3 days then 30 mg/kg twice daily.
GFR less than 15 mL/minute: 50% of usual dose. PCP: 30 mg/kg twice daily.
|
Continuous IV infusion |
MUST NOT be used. |
IM injection |
MUST NOT be used. |
Subcutaneous injection |
Must NOT be used. |
INTERMITTENT IV INFUSION:
Infusion solution concentration and preparation:
-
Should be diluted by adding to the appropriate volume of compatible IV fluid. Manufacturer recommends minimum dilution of 1 mL (80 mg/16 mg or 96 mg) stock solution diluted to 25 mL with a compatible IV fluid, e.g.:
- dilute 10 mL (960 mg) stock solution to total volume 250 mL or more.
- dilute 15 mL (1,440 mg) stock solution to total volume 500 mL or more.
- Shake or swirl container to mix well to ensure thorough mixing.
-
In fluid-restricted patients, higher infusion concentrations using glucose 5% as the IV fluid have been used including:
- 10 mL (960 mg) stock solution in 150 mL 7,8,9,
- 20 mL (1,920 mg) stock solution in 125 mL 8, and
- undiluted solution infused via a central line over 90 to 120 minutes 8.
Compatibility ? IV fluids appropriate to dilute IV infusion:
- Sodium chloride 0.9%
- Glucose (dextrose) 5%
- Lactated Ringer's (Hartmann's)
- Others: Glucose 10%, glucose/sodium chloride combinations, sodium chloride 0.45%.
Compatibility ? Drugs in the same infusion solution or Y-site:
- Manufacturer recommends sulfamethoxazole plus trimethoprim should not be physically mixed with other medications in the same infusion solution or infusion tubing.
- Other sources recommend some drug compatibilities 7,9,10. Consult a pharmacist for information about individual drugs or specific conditions that may apply.
Infusion solution properties and stability:
- Prepare immediately before use, starting the infusion with 30 minutes of preparation. More concentrated infusion solutions used in fluid-restricted patients must be used immediately after preparation, however, solutions diluted according to the manufacturer's recommendation may be stored according to 'Storage' above.
- Visually inspect the stock solution for cloudiness or particulate matter before preparation, and the diluted solution before and during administration; if present discard solution.
Administration notes:
- Infuse over 60 to 90 minutes 4,7,9,11.
- Infuse over 60 to 90 minutes 4,7,9,11.
MONITORING/OBSERVATION/CAUTION
- Monitor for hypersensitivity/anaphylaxis ? contains sulphonamide and sulfites. Sulfite sensitivity more likely in asthmatic patients.
- Consider if specimen for culture and sensitivity testing is required before first dose 11.
- Ensure adequate hydration and urine output to reduce the risk of crystalluria 9.
- Observe for changed bowel frequency ? risk of colitis with prolonged therapy.
- Monitor the injection site for mild-to-moderate pain and thrombophlebitis.
REFERENCES
Many thanks go to the New Zealand Hospital Pharmacists Association for permission to use this content.
- DBL™ Sulfamethoxazole and Trimethoprim Concentrate for Injection BP [Medsafe Datasheet]. Hospira (NZ) Limited, 8 March 2012
- New Zealand Formulary. Trimethoprim + sulfamethoxazole [Accessed 12 July 2015]
- Ashley C, Currie A, eds. Renal Drug Handbook. 3rd ed. Oxford, New York: Radcliffe Publishing; 2009
- Lexi-Comp Drug Information Handbook. 23rd ed. Hudson, OH: Lexi-Comp; 2014
- AHFS Drug Information. 2014 ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2014
- Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. [online] London: Pharmaceutical Press. [Accessed via Micromedex 2.0 http://www.micromedexsolutions.com/micromedex2/librarian/ 12 July 2015]
- Burridge N, Collard N, Symons K, eds. Australian Injectable Drugs Handbook. 6th ed. (revised April 2014). Collingwood, VIC: Society of Hospital Pharmacists of Australia; 2014
- Critical Care Group. Minimum Infusion Volumes: for critically ill patients. 4th ed. (v4.4 13 Feb 2014). United Kingdom Clinical Pharmacy Association; 2014
- Gahart BL, Nazareno AR. 2014 Intravenous Medications: A Handbook for Nurses and Health Professionals. 30th ed. St. Louis, MO: Elsevier Mosby; 2014
- Trissel LA. Handbook on Injectable Drugs. 17th ed. Bethesda, MD: American Society of Health-System Pharmacists; 2013
- Lippincott. Nursing 2015 Drug Handbook. 35th ed. Wolters Kluwer, 2014

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Ascending cholangitis
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy? (See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had an immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) and other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP
- i.e. Less than 70 mmHg from 1 month up to 1 year
- Less than (70 mmHg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years
- Less than 90 mmHg from 11 to 17 years

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Ascending cholangitis
Is gentamicin contraindicated in this patient? (See below for contraindications)
Aminoglycoside Contraindications and Precautions
Contraindications |
Precautions |
History of vestibular or auditory toxicity caused by an aminoglycoside |
Pre-existing significant auditory impairment (hearing loss or tinnitus) |
History of serious hypersensitivity reaction to an aminoglycoside (rare) |
Pre-existing vestibular condition (dizziness, vertigo or balance problems) |
Myasthenia gravis |
Family history (first-degree relative) of auditory toxicity caused by an aminoglycoside |
|
Chronic renal impairment (creatinine clearance less than 40 mL/min) or rapidly deteriorating renal function |
|
Advanced age (eg 80 years or older), depending on calculated renal function |
- If you are unsure whether gentamicin is appropriate for this patient please consult infectious diseases

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Ascending Cholangitis
Is gentamicin contraindicated in this patient? (See below for contraindications)
Aminoglycoside Contraindications and Precautions
Contraindications |
Precautions |
History of vestibular or auditory toxicity caused by an aminoglycoside |
Pre-existing significant auditory impairment (hearing loss or tinnitus) |
History of serious hypersensitivity reaction to an aminoglycoside (rare) |
Pre-existing vestibular condition (dizziness, vertigo or balance problems) |
Myasthenia gravis |
Family history (first-degree relative) of auditory toxicity caused by an aminoglycoside |
|
Chronic renal impairment (creatinine clearance less than 40 mL/min) or rapidly deteriorating renal function |
|
Advanced age (eg 80 years or older), depending on calculated renal function |
- If you are unsure whether gentamicin is appropriate for this patient please consult infectious diseases

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Ascending cholangitis treatment
For ascending cholangitis in a patient with immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin:
Ceftriaxone 2 g (child 1 month or older: 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, daily
PLUS if the patient has a history of biliary obstruction ADD:
Metronidazole 500 mg (child 1 month or older: 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) IV, 12-hourly
Code for ceftriaxone is:
3asc
This code is valid for THREE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if IV treatment is to continue past 72 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- If patient appears septic, treat as per sepsis or septic shock protocol (see homepage)
- Ascending cholangitis is usually caused by enteric gram negative bacilli such as Eschericia coli, Klebsiella spp. and Enterobacter spp.. Gram positive bacteria such as Enterococcus may also be implicated. Infrequently it is caused by anaerobic bacteria
- Consider an early switch to oral within 48 hours as with all abdominal infections
- Total antibiotic therapy (IV and PO) should not usually exceed 7 days treatment. Antibiotic therapy should be ceased within 24 hours of uncomplicated cholecystectomy

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Ascending Cholangitis Treatment
For ascending cholangitis in a patient with immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin and is intolerant of gentamicin:
Please contact infectious diseases for advice
- If patient appears septic, treat as per sepsis or septic shock protocol (see homepage)
- Ascending cholangitis is usually caused by enteric gram negative bacilli such as Eschericia.coli, Klebsiella spp and Enterobacter spp. Gram positive bacteria such as Enterococcus may also be implicated. Infrequently it is caused by anaerobic bacteria
- Consider an early switch to oral within 48 hours as with all abdominal infections
- Total antibiotic therapy (IV and PO) should not usually exceed 7 days treatment. Antibiotic therapy should be ceased within 24 hours of uncomplicated cholecystectomy

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Ascending cholangitis treatment
For ascending cholangitis in a patient with immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin use:
AND if the patient has a history of biliary obstruction ADD
Metronidazole 500 mg (child 1 month or older: 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) IV, 12-hourly
Please contact infectious diseases for advice for ongoing therapy past 72 hours
Code for gentamicin is:
2asc
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if IV treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- If patient appears septic, treat as per sepsis or septic shock protocol (see homepage)
- Ascending cholangitis is usually caused by enteric gram negative bacilli such as Eschericia.coli, Klebsiella spp and Enterobacter spp. Gram positive bacteria such as Enterococcus may also be implicated. Infrequently it is caused by anaerobic bacteria
- Consider an early switch to oral within 48 hours as with all abdominal infections
- Total antibiotic therapy (IV and PO) should not usually exceed 7 days treatment. Antibiotic therapy should be ceased within 24 hours of uncomplicated cholecystectomy
Initial Paediatric Gentamicin Dosing (Age < 12 years)
Age |
Initial dose |
Dosing frequency |
Maximum number of empirical doses |
Neonates <30 weeks postmenstrual age |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
5 mg/kg |
48-hourly |
2 doses (at 0 and 48 hours) |
postnatal age 8 to 28 days |
4 mg/kg |
36-hourly |
2 doses (at 0 and 36 hours) |
postnatal age 29 days or older |
4 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
neonates 30 to 34 weeks postmenstrual age |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
4.5 mg/kg |
36-hourly |
2 doses (at 0 and 36 hours) |
postnatal age 8 days and older |
4 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
neonates 35 weeks postmenstrual age or older |
4 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
infants and children |
7.5 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
Initial Gentamicin/Tobramycin Dosing (age > 12 years)
Creatinine clearance (mL/min) |
Initial dose |
Dosing frequency |
Maximum number of empirical doses |
More than 60 mL/min |
4 to 5 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
40 to 60 mL/min |
4 to 5 mg/kg |
36-hourly |
2 doses (at 0 and 36 hours) |
less than 40 mL/min |
4mg/kg |
Single dose, then seek expert advice |
- If actual body weight is more than 20% over the ideal body weight, use adjusted body weight to calculate the dose. For morbidly obese patients, seek expert advice.
- Critically ill patients with sepsis or septic shock have higher volumes of distribution. In these patients a dose of 7mg/kg may be appropriate
- For dosing in children with cystic fibrosis or those receiving chemotherapy, seek expert advice
- For children with impaired renal function (estimated glomerular filtration rate [eGFR] less than 50 mL/min/1.73 m2), give a single dose, then seek expert advice for subsequent dosing or selection of alternative drug. Use the modified Schwartz formula to estimate GFR.
- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- Use the Cockcroft gault calculator to calculate renal function for adults if using the nomogram, or use the adult aminoglycoside dose calculator

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Ascending Cholangitis Treatment
For ascending cholangitis in a patient who can tolerate penicillin and gentamicin:
Ampicillin 2 g (child: 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, 6-hourly
AND
AND if the patient has a history of biliary obstruction ADD
Metronidazole 500 mg (child 1 month or older: 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) IV, 12-hourly
If IV treatment is required after 72 hours change to ceftriaxone 1 g daily +/- metronidazole if biliary obstruction present, or use piperacillin 4 g and tazobactam 500 mg 8-hourly (Please contact infectious diseases for advice)
Code for gentamicin is:
2asc
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if IV treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- If patient appears septic, treat as per sepsis or septic shock protocol (see homepage)
- Ascending cholangitis is usually caused by enteric gram negative bacilli such as Eschericia.coli, Klebsiella spp and Enterobacter spp. Gram positive bacteria such as Enterococcus may also be implicated. Infrequently it is caused by anaerobic bacteria
- Consider an early switch to oral within 48 hours as with all abdominal infections
- Total antibiotic therapy (IV and PO) should not usually exceed 7 days treatment. Antibiotic therapy should be ceased within 24 hours of uncomplicated cholecystectomy
Initial Gentamicin/Tobramycin Dosing (age > 12 years)
Creatinine clearance (mL/min) |
Initial dose |
Dosing frequency |
Maximum number of empirical doses |
More than 60 mL/min |
4 to 5 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
40 to 60 mL/min |
4 to 5 mg/kg |
36-hourly |
2 doses (at 0 and 36 hours) |
less than 40 mL/min |
4mg/kg |
Single dose, then seek expert advice |
Initial Paediatric Gentamicin Dosing (Age < 12 years)
Age |
Initial dose |
Dosing frequency |
Maximum number of empirical doses |
Neonates <30 weeks postmenstrual age |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
5 mg/kg |
48-hourly |
2 doses (at 0 and 48 hours) |
postnatal age 8 to 28 days |
4 mg/kg |
36-hourly |
2 doses (at 0 and 36 hours) |
postnatal age 29 days or older |
4 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
neonates 30 to 34 weeks postmenstrual age |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
4.5 mg/kg |
36-hourly |
2 doses (at 0 and 36 hours) |
postnatal age 8 days and older |
4 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
neonates 35 weeks postmenstrual age or older |
4 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
infants and children |
7.5 mg/kg |
24-hourly |
3 doses (at 0, 24 and 48 hours) |
- If actual body weight is more than 20% over the ideal body weight, use adjusted body weight to calculate the dose. For morbidly obese patients, seek expert advice.
- Critically ill patients with sepsis or septic shock have higher volumes of distribution. In these patients a dose of 7mg/kg may be appropriate
- Use the Cockcroft gault calculator to calculate renal function for adults if using the nomogram, or use the adult aminoglycoside dose calculator

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Ascending Cholangitis Treatment
For ascending cholangitis in a patient tolerant of penicillin but intolerant of gentamicin:
Ceftriaxone 2 g (child 1 month or older: 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, daily
AND if the patient has a history of biliary obstruction ADD
Metronidazole 500 mg (child 1 month or older: 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) IV, 12-hourly
OR as a single agent (without metronidazole)
Piperacillin+tazobactam 4+0.5 g (child: 100+12.5 mg/kg up to 4+0.5 g) IV, 8-hourly
Code for piperacillin or ceftriaxone is:
3asc
This code is valid for THREE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if IV treatment is to continue past 72 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- If patient appears septic, treat as per sepsis or septic shock protocol (see homepage)
- Consider an early switch to oral within 48 hours as with all abdominal infections
- Total antibiotic therapy (IV and PO) should not usually exceed 7 days treatment. Antibiotic therapy should be ceased within 24 hours of uncomplicated cholecystectomy
- Ascending cholangitis is usually caused by enteric gram negative bacilli such as Eschericia.coli, Klebsiella spp and Enterobacter spp. Gram positive bacteria such as Enterococcus may also be implicated. Infrequently it is caused by anaerobic bacteria

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Carbuncle
Are there signs of spreading cellulitis or significant systemic features?

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Carbuncle
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy?
(See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had a non-life threatening reaction to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) and other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP
- i.e. Less than 70 mmHg from 1 month up to 1 year
- Less than (70 mmHg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years
- Less than 90 mmHg from 11 to 17 years

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Carbuncle
Is the patient a child or adult?

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Carbuncle
Is the patient a child or adult?

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Carbuncle
Is the patient a child or adult?

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Child carbuncle antibiotic treatment
Most carbuncles will require only excision and drainage with no antibiotic treatment. If antibiotic treatment is necessary while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility, use:
Cefalexin 12.5 mg/kg (up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 5 days
OR If compliance is unlikely with QID dosing and the infection is mild
Cefalexin 25 mg/kg orally (up to 1 g) orally, 12-hourly
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Adult carbuncle antibiotic treatment
Most carbuncles will require only excision and drainage with no antibiotic treatment. If antibiotic treatment is necessary while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility, use:
Cefalexin 500 mg orally, 6-hourly for 5 days
OR If compliance is unlikely with QID dosing and the infection is mild
Cefalexin 1 g orally 12-hourly
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Most carbuncles can be treated with incision and drainage alone, in addition to incision and drainage ongoing antibiotic treatment is only required if there is spreading cellulitis or systemic symptoms are present

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Child carbuncle antibiotic treatment
Most carbuncles will require only excision and drainage with no antibiotic treatment. If antibiotic treatment is necessary while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility, use:
Trimethoprim+sulfamethoxazole 4+20 mg/kg (up to 160+800 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Most carbuncles can be treated with incision and drainage alone, in addition to incision and drainage ongoing antibiotic treatment is only required if there is spreading cellulitis or systemic symptoms are present

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Adult carbuncle antibiotic treatment
Most carbuncles will require only excision and drainage with no antibiotic treatment. If antibiotic treatment is necessary while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility, use:
① Clindamycin 450 mg orally, 8-hourly for 5 days
OR
② Trimethoprim+sulfamethoxazole 160+800 mg orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
Code for clindamycin orally is:
5car
This code is valid for FIVE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past five days. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Most carbuncles can be treated with incision and drainage alone, in addition to incision and drainage ongoing antibiotic treatment is only required if there is spreading cellulitis or systemic symptoms are present

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Child carbuncle antibiotic treatment
Most carbuncles will require only excision and drainage with no antibiotic treatment. If antibiotic treatment is necessary while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility, use:
Flucloxacillin 12.5 mg/kg (up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 5 days.
OR, If compliance is unlikely with QID dosing and the infection is mild
Cefalexin 25 mg/kg orally(up to 1 g) orally, 12-hourly
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Most carbuncles can be treated with incision and drainage alone, in addition to incision and drainage ongoing antibiotic treatment is only required if there is spreading cellulitis or systemic symptoms are present

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Adult carbuncle antibiotic treatment
Most carbuncles will require only excision and drainage with no antibiotic treatment. If antibiotic treatment is necessary while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility, use:
Dicloxacillin 500 mg orally, 6-hourly for 5 days.
OR If compliance is unlikely with QID dosing and the infection is mild
Cefalexin 1 g orally 12-hourly
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Most carbuncles can be treated with incision and drainage alone, in addition to incision and drainage ongoing antibiotic treatment is only required if there is spreading cellulitis or systemic symptoms are present

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy?
(See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had a non-life threatening reaction to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) and other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP
- i.e. Less than 70 mmHg from 1 month up to 1 year
- Less than (70 mmHg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years
- Less than 90 mmHg from 11 to 17 years

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Does the patient show signs of sepsis?
- Choose yes if there are significant systemic features or no improvement in > 48hours

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Would you class the cellulitis/abscess as mild/moderate or severe?
- Choose severe if there are significant systemic features or no improvement in > 48hours

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Is the patient an adult or a child?

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Does the patient show signs of sepsis?
- Choose yes if there are significant systemic features or no improvement in > 48hours

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Does the patient have a history of previous nmMRSA colonisation?
- Please check the patients previous admission details. Areas with a high level of nmMRSA prevalence include detention centres, army barracks, remote communities and gaols

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Is the patient an adult or a child?

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Does the patient have a history of previous nmMRSA colonisation?
- Please check the patients previous admission details. Areas with a high level of nmMRSA prevalence include detention centres, army barracks, remote communities and gaols

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Does the patient have a history of nmMRSA colonisation/infection within the previous 12 months?
- Please check the patients previous admission details. Areas with a high level of nmMRSA prevalence include detention centres, army barracks, remote communities and gaols

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitic Carbuncle/Abscess
Does the patient have a history of previous nmMRSA colonisation?
- Please check the patients previous admission details. Areas with a high level of nmMRSA prevalence include detention centres, army barracks, remote communities and gaols

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Mild/moderate cellulitis treatment
Mild/moderate cellulitis from carbuncle with non-life threatening penicillin allergy is treated with oral antibiotics. For empirical therapy while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility use:
Cefalexin 500 mg (child 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 5 days
OR, If compliance is unlikely with QID dosing and the infection is mild
Cefalexin 1 g (child 25 mg/kg up to 1 g) orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Treatment for 5 days is generally sufficient, but a longer duration of therapy may be required for patients who are slow to respond or have a more severe infection
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Mild/moderate cellulitis/abscess/carbuncle treatment
Mild/moderate cellulitis/abscess/carbuncle with life threatening penicillin allergy is treated with oral antibiotics. For empirical therapy while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility testing, use:
① Trimethoprim+sulfamethoxazole 160+800 mg orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Treatment for 5 days is generally sufficient, but a longer duration of therapy may be required for patients who are slow to respond or have a more severe infection
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Mild/moderate cellulitis treatment
Mild/moderate cellulitis from carbuncle with life threatening penicillin allergy is treated with oral antibiotics. For empirical therapy while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility testing, use:
Trimethoprim+sulfamethoxazole 4+20 mg/kg (up to 160+800 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Treatment for 5 days is generally sufficient, but a longer duration of therapy may be required for patients who are slow to respond or have a more severe infection
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained
References:
See the CHAMP guidelines on the intranet for further information on antibiotic treatment in a child

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Mild/Moderate cellulitis/abscess/carbuncle treatment
Mild/Moderate cellulitis/abscess/carbuncle with no penicillin allergy is treated with oral antibiotics. For empirical therapy while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility testing, use:
① Dicloxacillin 500 mg (child flucloxacillin 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 5 to 10 days.
OR, If compliance is unlikely with QID dosing and the infection is mild
② Cefalexin 1 g (child 25 mg/kg up to 1 g) orally, 12-hourly for 5 to 10 days
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe abscess/cellulitis treatment
For empirical therapy in a patient with mild penicillin allergy; while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility testing, use:
Cefazolin 2 g (child 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, 8-hourly until systemic features improve then switch to oral
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Switch to oral therapy when systemic features have improved (see Therapeutic Guidelines for details)
- For oral regimens see the mild/moderate infection section
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe abscess/cellulitis treatment
For empirical therapy in a patient with no penicillin allergy, while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility use:
Flucloxacillin 2 g (child 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, 6-hourly until systemic features improve then switch to oral
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Switch to oral therapy when systemic features have improved (see Therapeutic Guidelines for details)
- For oral regimens see the mild/moderate infection section
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Mild/moderate cellulitis/abscess/carbuncle treatment
Mild/moderate cellulitis/abscess/carbuncle in an adult at risk of nmMRSA or with non-life threatening penicillin allergy is treated with oral antibiotics. For empirical therapy while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility testing, use:
Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole 160/800 mg orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
OR (if patient is not tolerating orals), use:
Code for Vancomycin is:
2cac
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past five days. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Treatment for 5 days is generally sufficient, but a longer duration of therapy may be required for patients who are slow to respond or have a more severe infection
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Mild/moderate cellulitis treatment
Mild/moderate cellulitis from a carbuncle in a child at risk of nmMRSA or with non-life threatening penicillin allergy is treated with oral antibiotics. For empirical therapy while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility testing, use:
Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole 4+20 mg/kg (up to 160+800 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 5 to 10 days
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe abscess/cellulitis treatment
Severe cellulitis/abscess in a patient at risk of nmMRSA can be treated with vancomycin and Cefazolin:
Cefazolin 2 g (child 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, 8-hourly.
AND,
Code for vancomycin is:
2cac
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if IV treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Switch to oral therapy when systemic features have improved (see Therapeutic Guidelines for details)
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained
- Risk factors for MRSA infection include: residence in a gaol or detention centre, indigenous heritage, previous MRSA colonisation and line associated infection
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Man Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe cellulitis treatment
Severe cellulitis/abscess in patients at risk of nmMRSA with penicillin hypersensitivity can be treated with vancomycin:
Code for vancomycin is:
2cac
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Switch to oral therapy when systemic features have improved (see Therapeutic Guidelines for details)
- For oral regimens see the mild/moderate infection section
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained
- Risk factors for MRSA infection include: residence in a gaol or detention centre, indigenous heritage, previous MRSA colonisation and line associated infection
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Person Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe cellulitis/abscess/carbuncle treatment in a patient from an nmMRSA environment with no penicillin allergy
Severe cellulitis/abscess/carbuncle in adult patients at risk of nmMRSA should be treated with vancomycin and flucloxacillin:
Flucloxacillin 2 g (child 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, 6-hourly.
AND,
Code for vancomycin is:
2cac
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if IV treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Switch to oral therapy when systemic features have improved (see Therapeutic Guidelines for details)
- See the mild/moderate treatment section for nmMRSA for oral step down options
- The mainstay of treatment for carbuncles is incision and drainage. Antibiotic therapy will not be effective unless the collection is drained
- Risk factors for MRSA infection include: residence in a gaol or detention centre, indigenous heritage, previous MRSA colonisation and line associated infection
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Person Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis
Is there a purulent focus for infection such as an abscess or carbuncle?

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy?
(See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had a non-life threatening reaction to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) and other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP
- i.e. Less than 70 mmHg from 1 month up to 1 year
- Less than (70 mmHg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years
- Less than 90 mmHg from 11 to 17 years

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis
Would you class the cellulitis as mild/moderate or severe?
- Choose severe if there are significant systemic features or no improvement in > 48hours

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis
Would you class the cellulitis as mild/moderate or severe?
- Choose severe if there are significant systemic features or no improvement in > 48hours

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis
Is the patient an adult or a child?

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis
Would you class the cellulitis/abscess as mild/moderate or severe?
- Choose severe if there are significant systemic features or no improvement in > 48hours

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis
Are there suggestive signs of S.pyogenes? (eg, erysipelas or rapid progression with no associated wound or ulcer)
(i.e. erysipelas? or rapid progression)
- Erysipelas typically presents as a rapidly progressing erythematous skin lesion that has a sharply demarcated, raised edge
- Erysipelas is most common in infants, indigenous patients, young children and older adults.
- Classically, erysipelas involves either facial skin in a butterfly pattern, or the lower legs
- Spontaneous rapid spreading cellulitis is most commonly due to S.pyogenes or another streptococci

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis treatment
For mild/moderate cellulitis in a patient with penicillin hypersensitivity (non-life threatening) use as a single agent:
Cefalexin 500 mg (child: 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 5 to 10 days
OR,If compliance is unlikely with QID dosing and the infection is mild
Cefalexin 1000 mg (child: 25 mg/kg up to 1 g), 12-hourly for 5 to 10 days
- In addition to treating cellulitis examine patient for tinea of the feet and treat if necessary

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis treatment
For mild/moderate cellulitis in an adult with immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin use as a single agent:
Trimethoprim 800 mg/Sulfamethoxazole 160 mg orally, 12-hourly for 5 to 10 days
- In addition to treating cellulitis examine patient for tinea of the feet and treat if necessary

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Mild/moderate cellulitis treatment
Mild cellulitis in a child with immediate (severe) penicillin hypersensitivity is treated with oral antibiotics. For empirical therapy while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility testing, use:
Trimethoprim/sulfamethoxazole 4+20 mg/kg (up to 160+800 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 5 to 10 days
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
References:
See the CHAMP guidelines on the intranet for more information on antibiotic treatment in a child

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis treatment
For mild/moderate cellulitis in a patient with signs of S.pyogenes use as a single agent:
① Phenoxymethylpenicillin 500 mg (child: 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 5 to 10 days
OR
① Procaine penicillin 1.5 g (child: 50 mg/kg up to 1.5 g) IM, daily for at least 3 days
- In addition to treating cellulitis examine patient for tinea of the feet and treat if necessary

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis treatment
For mild/moderate cellulitis in a patient without signs of S.pyogenes use as a single agent:
Dicloxacillin 500 mg (child: Flucloxacillin 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 5 to 10 days
- In addition to treating cellulitis examine patient for tinea of the feet and treat if necessary

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe cellulitis treatment
For empirical therapy of severe cellulitis in an adult with mild penicillin allergy; while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility testing, use:
Cefazolin 2 g (child: 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, 8-hourly
Switch to oral therapy when systemic features have improved (see Therapeutic Guidelines for details)
- In addition to treating cellulitis examine patient for tinea of the feet and treat if necessary
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- For patients with associated bacteraemia see the sepsis or septic shock section or the sepsis or septic shock: directed therapy section of the Therapeutic Guidelines
- Vancomycin may also be needed in patients with sepsis or septic shock or septic shock. (see the severe cellulitis treatment in a patient with severe penicillin allergy for the dosing nomogram and approval code if needed)

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe cellulitis treatment
For empirical treatment of severe cellulitis in a patient with life threatening penicillin hypersensitivity use vancomycin.
Code for vancomycin is:
2cel
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- Consider an early switch to oral trimethoprim 800mg + sulfamethoxazole 160 (within 48 hours), which has excellent oral bioavailability
- In addition to treating cellulitis, examine patient for tinea of the feet and treat if necessary
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- Risk factors for MRSA infection include: residence in a gaol or detention centre, indigenous heritage, previous MRSA colonisation and line associated infection
- For patients with associated bacteraemia see the sepsis or septic shock section or the sepsis or septic shock: directed therapy section of the Therapeutic Guidelines
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Person Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe cellulitis treatment
For empirical therapy in a patient with no penicillin allergy, while awaiting the results of cultures and susceptibility use:
Flucloxacillin 2 g (child: 50 mg/kg up to 2 g) IV, 6-hourly
Switch to oral therapy when systemic features have improved (see Therapeutic Guidelines for details)
- In addition to treating cellulitis examine patient for tinea of the feet and treat if necessary
- This is a guide for empirical treatment only. It is imperative that cultures are taken prior to administration of antibiotics (where possible) for targeted therapy
- For patients with associated bacteraemia see the sepsis or septic shock section or the sepsis or septic shock: directed therapy section of the Therapeutic Guidelines
- Vancomycin may also be needed in patients with sepsis or septic shock or septic shock. (see the severe cellulitis treatment in a patient with severe penicillin allergy for the dosing nomogram and approval code if needed)

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Animal or human bite
For bites and clenched-fist injuries that are not infected, antibiotic therapy is usually not necessary for otherwise healthy individuals if the risk of wound infection is low (eg small wounds not involving deeper tissues that present within 8 hours and can be adequately debrided and irrigated).
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy?
(See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe penicillin hypersensitivity
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had a non-life threatening reaction to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe penicillin hypersensitivity
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) and other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP
- i.e. Less than 70 mmHg from 1 month up to 1 year
- Less than (70 mmHg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years
- Less than 90 mmHg from 11 to 17 years

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Animal or human bite
How severe is the infection?
Prophylactic antibiotic therapy may not be required if there is no established infection. (see list below for details on when antibiotic prophylaxis is required)
Antibiotic prophylaxis is only required for bites and fist injuries with established infection or a high risk of infection such as:
- Wounds with delayed presentation for washout (8 hours or more)
- Puncture wounds which can not be debrided adequately
- Any wounds on the hands feet or face
- Wounds involving deeper tissues (eg. bones, joints, tendons)
- Wounds in immunocompromised patients
- Wounds which also involve an open fracture (see open fracture section)
- Any cat bite

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Animal or human bite
How severe is the infection?
Prophylactic antibiotic therapy may not be required if there is no established infection. (see list below for details on when antibiotic prophylaxis is required)
Antibiotic prophylaxis is only required for bites and fist injuries with established infection or a high risk of infection such as:
- Wounds with delayed presentation for washout (8 hours or more)
- Puncture wounds which can not be debrided adequately
- Any wounds on the hands feet or face
- Wounds involving deeper tissues (eg. bones, joints, tendons)
- Wounds in immunocompromised patients
- Wounds which also involve an open fracture (see open fracture section)
- Any cat bite

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Animal or human bite
How severe is the infection?
Prophylactic antibiotic therapy may not be required if there is no established infection. (see list below for details on when antibiotic prophylaxis is required)
Antibiotic prophylaxis is only required for bites and fist injuries with established infection or a high risk of infection such as:
- Wounds with delayed presentation for washout (8 hours or more)
- Puncture wounds which can not be debrided adequately
- Any wounds on the hands feet or face
- Wounds involving deeper tissues (eg. bones, joints, tendons)
- Wounds in immunocompromised patients
- Wounds which also involve an open fracture (see open fracture section)
- Any cat bite

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Animal or human bite Prophylaxis/Presumptive Therapy
If patient has no penicillin allergy use:
①Amoxicillin+clavulanate 875+125 mg (child 2 months or older: 22.5+3.2 mg/kg up to 875+125 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 3 days
OR if oral absorption is likely to be impared (i.e. following trauma)
① Amoxicillin + clavulanate intravenously for 3 days
adult: |
1 + 0.2 g 8-hourly, |
child younger than 3 months and less than 4kg: |
25 + 5 mg/kg 12-hourly, |
child younger than 3 months and 4kg or more, or 3 months or older: |
25 + 5 mg/kg (up to 1 + 0.2g) 8-hourly |
OR if at increased risk of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) infection, in place of the regimen above, use:
Metronidazole 400 mg (child 1 month or older: 10 mg/kg up to 400 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 3 days
AND EITHER
Trimethoprim+sulfamethoxazole 160+800 mg (child 6 weeks or older: 4+20 mg/kg (up to 160+800 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 3 days
OR
Doxycycline 200 mg (child 8 years or older: 4 mg/kg up to 200 mg) orally, for the first dose, then 100 mg (child 8 years or older: 2 mg/kg up to 100 mg) orally, daily
Code for Amoxicillin iv & clavulanate is:
3bit
This code is valid for THREE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 72 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- For patients hypersensitive to penicillins who require intravenous or intramuscular therapy, seek expert advice
- Switch to oral amoxicillin+clavulanate (see dosage above) as soon as oral absorption is adequate and oral therapy is tolerated
- The recommended management of clenched fist injuries, and human and animal bites, is thorough cleaning, debridement, irrigation, elevation and immobilisation
- For bites and clenched-fist injuries that are not infected, antibiotic therapy is usually not necessary for otherwise healthy individuals if the risk of wound infection is low (e.g. small wounds not involving deeper tissues that present within 8 hours and can be adequately debrided and irrigated). Give presumptive therapy if the risk of wound infection is high
- In all cases, the patient's tetanus immunisation status must be ascertained and must be up to date and must be up to date
- The organisms associated with human bites and clenched fist injuries are Staphylococcus aureus, Eikenella corrodens, Streptococcus species and beta-lactamase?producing anaerobic bacteria
- The organisms associated with animal bites are Pasteurella species, S. aureus, Capnocytophaga canimorsus, Streptococcus species and anaerobic bacteria
- Cat bites have a higher incidence of deep infection than dog bites
- For wounds on the hands, feet or face, or if infection progresses despite antibiotic therapy, consider surgical consultation. Surgical advice may also be sought on the appropriateness of primary versus delayed wound closure

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Dog, cat or human bite Prophylaxis/Presumptive Therapy
If patient has a penicillin allergy use:
Metronidazole 400 mg (child 1 month or older: 10 mg/kg up to 400 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 3 days
AND EITHER
Trimethoprim+sulfamethoxazole 160+800 mg (child 6 weeks or older: 4+20 mg/kg (up to 160+800 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 3 days
OR
Doxycycline 100 mg (child 8 years or older and less than 26kg: 50 mg; child 8 years or older and 26-35kg: 75 mg; child 8 years or older and more than 35 kg: 100 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 3 days
- The recommended management of clenched fist injuries, and human and animal bites, is thorough cleaning, debridement, irrigation, elevation and immobilisation
- For bites and clenched-fist injuries that are not infected, antibiotic therapy is usually not necessary for otherwise healthy individuals if the risk of wound infection is low (e.g. small wounds not involving deeper tissues that present within 8 hours and can be adequately debrided and irrigated). Give presumptive therapy if the risk of wound infection is high
- In all cases, the patient's tetanus immunisation status must be ascertained and must be up to date and must be up to date
- The organisms associated with human bites and clenched fist injuries are Staphylococcus aureus, Eikenella corrodens, Streptococcus species and beta-lactamase?producing anaerobic bacteria
- The organisms associated with animal bites are Pasteurella species, S. aureus, Capnocytophaga canimorsus, Streptococcus species and anaerobic bacteria
- Cat bites have a higher incidence of deep infection than dog bites
- For wounds on the hands, feet or face, or if infection progresses despite antibiotic therapy, consider surgical consultation. Surgical advice may also be sought on the appropriateness of primary versus delayed wound closure

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Dog, cat or human bite Treatment
If patient has no penicillin allergy use:
Amoxicillin+clavulanate 875+125 mg (child 2 months or older: 22.5+3.2 mg/kg up to 875+125 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
OR if oral absorption is likely to be impared (i.e. following trauma)
Amoxicillin + clavulanate intravenously for 3 days
adult: |
1 + 0.2 g 8-hourly, |
child younger than 3 months and less than 4kg: |
25 + 5 mg/kg 12-hourly, |
child younger than 3 months and 4kg or more, or 3 months or older: |
25 + 5 mg/kg (up to 1 + 0.2g) 8-hourly |
AND if the patient is at increased risk of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) infection ADD
Code for Amoxicillin iv & Clavulanate is:
5bit
This code is valid for FIVE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past five days. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
Code for vancomycin is:
2bit
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- A longer antibiotic course may be required according to clinical response
- Depending on microbiological findings from wound swab, the usual oral step down for animal or human bites is Amoxicillin/clavulanic acid 875/125mg twice daily
- Modify therapy based on the results of Gram stain, cultures and susceptibility testing. Switch to oral therapy once the patient is stable.
- For severe and penetrating wounds, total treatment duration is usually 14 days (IV + oral). A longer duration of directed therapy is needed for injuries involving bones, joints and/or tendons
- The recommended management of clenched fist injuries, and human and animal bites, is thorough cleaning, debridement, irrigation, elevation and immobilisation
- In all cases, the patient's tetanus immunisation status must be ascertained and must be up to date and must be up to date
- The organisms associated with human bites and clenched fist injuries are Staphylococcus aureus, Eikenella corrodens, Streptococcus species and beta-lactamase?producing anaerobic bacteria
- The organisms associated with animal bites are Pasteurella species, S. aureus, Capnocytophaga canimorsus, Streptococcus species and anaerobic bacteria
- Cat bites have a higher incidence of deep infection than dog bites
- Risk factors for MRSA infection include: residence in a gaol or detention centre, indigenous heritage, previous MRSA colonisation and line associated infection
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Person Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Dog, cat or human bite Prophylaxis/Presumptive Therapy
If patient has a penicillin allergy use:
Metronidazole 400 mg (child 1 month or older: 10 mg/kg up to 400 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
AND EITHER
Trimethoprim+sulfamethoxazole 160+800 mg (child 6 weeks or older: 4+20 mg/kg )up to 160+800 mg) orally* 12-hourly for 5 days
OR
Doxycycline 100 mg (child 8 years or older and less than 26kg: 50 mg; child 8 years or older and 26-35kg: 75 mg; child 8 years or older and more than 35 kg: 100 mg) orally, 12-hourly for 5 days
- A longer antibiotic course may be required according to clinical response
- The recommended management of clenched fist injuries, and human and animal bites, is thorough cleaning, debridement, irrigation, elevation and immobilisation
- For bites and clenched-fist injuries that are not infected, antibiotic therapy is usually not necessary for otherwise healthy individuals if the risk of wound infection is low (e.g. small wounds not involving deeper tissues that present within 8 hours and can be adequately debrided and irrigated). Give presumptive therapy if the risk of wound infection is high
- In all cases, the patient's tetanus immunisation status must be ascertained and must be up to date
- The organisms associated with human bites and clenched fist injuries are Staphylococcus aureus, Eikenella corrodens, Streptococcus species and beta-lactamase?producing anaerobic bacteria
- The organisms associated with animal bites are Pasteurella species, S. aureus, Capnocytophaga canimorsus, Streptococcus species and anaerobic bacteria
- Cat bites have a higher incidence of deep infection than dog bites
- For wounds on the hands, feet or face, or if infection progresses despite antibiotic therapy, consider surgical consultation. Surgical advice may also be sought on the appropriateness of primary versus delayed wound closure

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Dog, cat or human bite Treatment
If patient has a penicillin allergy give:
Ciprofloxacin 400 mg (child: 10 mg/kg up to 400 mg) IV, 12-hourly
AND
Clindamycin 600 mg (child: 15 mg/kg up to 600 mg) IV, 8-hourly
OR if the patient is at an increased risk of MRSA infection, in place of the regimen above give:
Ciprofloxacin 400 mg (child: 10 mg/kg up to 400 mg) IV, 12-hourly
AND
Metronidazole 500 mg (child 1 month or older: 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) IV, 12-hourly
AND
Code for ciprofloxacin iv and clindamycin iv is:
3bit
This code is valid for THREE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 72 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
Code for vancomycin is:
2bit
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- Modify therapy based on the results of Gram stain, cultures and susceptibility testing. Switch to oral therapy once the patient is stable.
- For severe and penetrating wounds, total treatment duration is usually 14 days (IV + oral). A longer duration of directed therapy is needed for injuries involving bones, joints and/or tendons
- The recommended management of clenched fist injuries, and human and animal bites, is thorough cleaning, debridement, irrigation, elevation and immobilisation
- In all cases, the patient's tetanus immunisation status must be ascertained and must be up to date
- The organisms associated with human bites and clenched fist injuries are Staphylococcus aureus, Eikenella corrodens, Streptococcus species and beta-lactamase?producing anaerobic bacteria
- The organisms associated with animal bites are Pasteurella species, S. aureus, Capnocytophaga canimorsus, Streptococcus species and anaerobic bacteria
- Cat bites have a higher incidence of deep infection than dog bites
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Person Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Dog, cat or human bite Treatment
If patient has no penicillin allergy use:
Amoxicillin + clavulanate intravenously
Adult: |
1 + 0.2 g 6-hourly, |
Child younger than 3 months and less than 4kg: |
25 + 5 mg/kg 12-hourly, |
Child younger than 3 months and 4kg or more, or 3 months or older: |
25 + 5 mg/kg (up to 1 + 0.2g) 8-hourly |
AND if the patient is at increased risk of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) infection ADD
Code for Amoxicillin iv & Clavulanate is:
5bit
This code is valid for FIVE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past five days. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
Code for vancomycin is:
2bit
This code is valid for TWO days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 48 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- A longer antibiotic course may be required according to clinical response
- Depending on microbiological findings from wound swab, the usual oral step down for animal or human bites is Amoxicillin/clavulanic acid 875/125mg twice daily
- Modify therapy based on the results of Gram stain, cultures and susceptibility testing. Switch to oral therapy once the patient is stable.
- For severe and penetrating wounds, total treatment duration is usually 14 days (IV + oral). A longer duration of directed therapy is needed for injuries involving bones, joints and/or tendons
- The recommended management of clenched fist injuries, and human and animal bites, is thorough cleaning, debridement, irrigation, elevation and immobilisation
- In all cases, the patient's tetanus immunisation status must be ascertained and must be up to date
- The organisms associated with human bites and clenched fist injuries are Staphylococcus aureus, Eikenella corrodens, Streptococcus species and beta-lactamase?producing anaerobic bacteria
- The organisms associated with animal bites are Pasteurella species, S. aureus, Capnocytophaga canimorsus, Streptococcus species and anaerobic bacteria
- Cat bites have a higher incidence of deep infection than dog bites
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Person Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Cellulitis of the eye
What type of cellulitis does the patient have?
(see notes below)
Classification of eye cellulitis
- Periorbital (preseptal) cellulitis - is a soft tissue infection of the eyelids, originating anterior to the orbital septum (the anatomical barrier separating the eyelids from the orbit). It is usually caused by local introduction of organisms from trauma or infection of the surrounding skin
- Orbital (postseptal) cellulitis - usually arises from infection (especially untreated) of paranasal sinuses or orbital trauma. It is less common but much more serious than periorbital (preseptal) cellulitis. Clinical symptoms are more pronounced; patients are generally unwell and may have reduced vision, limited or painful extra-ocular movement, or proptosis.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Periorbital cellulitis
Is the patient severely ill?
(i.e. periorbital cellulitis is the primary reason for hospitalisation)
- In severe cases of periorbital cellulitis a CT scan should be performed to exclude sinusitis associated infection and treatment should continue as per orbital cellulitis

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Periorbital cellulitis
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy?
(See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had a non-life threatening reaction to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) and other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP
- i.e. Less than 70 mmHg from 1 month up to 1 year
- Less than (70 mmHg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years
- Less than 90 mmHg from 11 to 17 years

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Periorbital cellulitis treatment
If patient has no penicillin allergy use:
Dicloxacillin 500 mg (child: Flucloxacillin 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 7 days.
- If methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) is suspected (eg if patient from a gaol, detention centre or community with high MRSA prevalence), seek expert advice.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Periorbital cellulitis treatment
If patient has a mild penicillin allergy use:
Cefalexin 500 mg (child: 12.5 mg/kg up to 500 mg) orally, 6-hourly for 7 days.
- If methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) is suspected (eg if patient from a gaol, detention centre or community with high MRSA prevalence), seek expert advice.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Periorbital cellulitis treatment
If patient has a mild penicillin allergy use:
Clindamycin 450 mg (child: 15 mg/kg up to 450 mg) orally, 8-hourly for 7 days.
Code for clindamycin orally is:
7per
This code is valid for SEVEN days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past one week. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- If methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) is suspected (eg if patient from a gaol, detention centre or community with high MRSA prevalence), seek expert advice.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe Periorbital cellulitis
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy?
(See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had a non-life threatening reaction to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) BUT DOES NOT INCLUDE other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP
- i.e. Less than 70 mmHg from 1 month up to 1 year
- Less than (70 mmHg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years
- Less than 90 mmHg from 11 to 17 years

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Orbital or severe periorbital cellulitis treatment
If patient has no penicillin allergy use:
Ceftriaxone 2 g (child 1 month or older: 50 mg/kg up to 2 G) IV, daily
AND
Flucloxacillin 2 g (child: 50 mg/kg up to 2 G) IV, 6-hourly
Code for ceftriaxone is:
3per
This code is valid for THREE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 72 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- In patients with severe disease or at high risk of MRSA infection, consider contacting infectious diseases to replace flucloxacillin with vancomycin for MRSA cover.
- Modify therapy based on the results of Gram stain, cultures and susceptibility testing. Switch to oral therapy once the patient is stable.
- In most cases oral step down therapy should be Augmentin Duo Forte (875+125 mg 12-hourly) for a further 10 days
- If methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) is suspected (eg if patient from a gaol, detention centre or community with high MRSA prevalence), seek expert advice.
- Four-hourly eye observations are advised. If signs worsen, surgical drainage is required, with postoperative antibiotic therapy guided by the results of susceptibility testing.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Orbital or severe periorbital cellulitis treatment
If patient has immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin use:
Cefotaxime 2 g (child: 50 mg/kg up to 2 G) IV, 8-hourly for seven days
- In patients with severe disease or at risk of MRSA infection, consider contacting infectious diseases for addition of vancomycin for MRSA cover.
- Risk factors for MRSA infection include: residence in a gaol or detention centre, indigenous heritage, previous MRSA colonisation and line associated infection
- Modify therapy based on the results of Gram stain, cultures and susceptibility testing. Switch to oral therapy once the patient is stable.
- If methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) is suspected (eg if patient from a gaol, detention centre or community with high MRSA prevalence), seek expert advice.
- Four-hourly eye observations are advised. If signs worsen, surgical drainage is required, with postoperative antibiotic therapy guided by the results of susceptibility testing.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Severe periorbital cellulitis treatment
If patient has a severe penicillin allergy:
Code for vancomycin is:
7cli
This code is valid for SEVEN days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 72 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- Modify therapy based on the results of Gram stain, cultures and susceptibility testing. Switch to oral therapy once the patient is stable.
- If methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) is suspected (eg if patient from a gaol, detention centre or community with high MRSA prevalence), seek expert advice.
- Four-hourly eye observations are advised. If signs worsen, surgical drainage is required, with postoperative antibiotic therapy guided by the results of susceptibility testing.
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Person Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Orbital cellulitis
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy?
(See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had a non-life threatening reaction to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) BUT DOES NOT INCLUDE other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP
- i.e. Less than 70 mmHg from 1 month up to 1 year
- Less than (70 mmHg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years
- Less than 90 mmHg from 11 to 17 years

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Orbital cellulitis treatment
If patient has a severe penicillin allergy:
AND
Ciprofloxacin 400mg (child: 10 mg/kg up to 400 mg) IV, 12-hourly
Code for vancomycin and ciprofloxacin is:
7cli
This code is valid for SEVEN days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted if treatment is to continue past 72 hours. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
- Modify therapy based on the results of Gram stain, cultures and susceptibility testing. Switch to oral therapy once the patient is stable.
- If methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) is suspected (eg if patient from a gaol, detention centre or community with high MRSA prevalence), seek expert advice.
- Four-hourly eye observations are advised. If signs worsen, surgical drainage is required, with postoperative antibiotic therapy guided by the results of susceptibility testing.
Vancomycin Dosing in Paediatrics
Age |
Starting Dose (use actual body weight) |
Dosing frequency |
Timing of first trough concentration |
Neonates < 30 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
18-hourly |
Before the second dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
Neonates 30 to 36 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 14 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 14 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Neonates 37 to 44 weeks postmenstrual age (NB1) |
postnatal age 0 to 7 days |
15 mg/kg |
12-hourly |
Before the third dose |
postnatal age 7 days or older |
15 mg/kg |
8-hourly |
Before the fourth dose |
Infants and children (NB2) |
15 mg/kg up to 750 mg |
6-hourly |
Before the fifth dose |
- NB1- Postmenstrual age is the time elapsed between the first day of the last menstrual period and birth (gestational age) plus the time elapsed after birth (postnatal age)
- NB2- The Therapeutic Guidelines gives an alternative 12-hourly dosing in this group; however local NT data support using 6-hourly dosing in all children up to 12 years
Vancomycin Dosing in Adults
Actual body weight (kg) |
CrClr < 20 mL/min |
CrClr 20-60 mL/min |
CrClr > 60 mL/min |
Administer over(1) |
< 40 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
40-49 |
750 mg 48 hly |
750 mg 24 hly |
750 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 15 min |
50-64 |
1000 mg 48 hly |
1000 mg 24 hly |
1000 mg 12 hly |
1 hr 40 min |
65-79 |
1250 mg 48 hly |
1250 mg 24 hly |
1250 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 5 min |
80-94 |
1500 mg 48 hly |
1500 mg 24 hly |
1500 mg 12 hly |
2 hrs 30 min |
95-110 |
1750 mg 48 hly |
1750 mg 24 hly |
1750 mg 12 hly |
3 hrs |
> 110 |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
Call infectious diseases |
--- |
Timing of 1st trough level(2) |
48 hrs after the 1st dose(3) |
Before the 3rd dose |
Before the 4th dose |
--- |
- Vancomycin should be administered at a maximum rate of 10 mg/min to avoid Red Person Syndrome
- "Trough" levels are taken within 60 minutes of the next dose. If a loading dose is given then it is considered the first dose
- In patients with CrClr < 20 mL/min, the clinical context (e.g haemodialysis) determines whether the next dose is given before the trough concentration is available or withheld until the result is known
- Please contact infectious diseases within 48 hours of initiating therapy with vancomycin
- Watch baseline creatinine closely while treating a patient with vancomycin. An increase from baseline creatinine will almost always result in an increase in vancomycin concentration as vancomycin is 40-100% renally cleared. A sudden dramatic increase in creatinine should always prompt an immediate vancomycin level prior to the next dose, witholding the next dose until the level is available.
- If a dose is missed or delayed within 48 hours of taking a level please contact pharmacy for interpretation of trough levels as vancomycin will not have reached steady state

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
What is the COVID-19 disease severity of your patient?
(See below for detailed defition of disease severity)
Definition of Disease Severity
Mild:
- Asymptpmatic, OR
- Mild respiratory symptoms, AND
- No new SOB or reduction in SpO2
- Clinically stable
Moderate:
- Symptoms or signs of pneumonia, OR
- New SOB, OR
- SpO2 greater than 92% at rest with up to 4L/min oxygen, OR
- Respiratory rate less than 30 breaths/min
Severe:
- Severe SOB, OR
- SpO2 92% or less at rest with 4L/min oxygen, OR
- Respiratory rate more than 30 breaths/min, OR
- PaO2/FiO2=300 or less, OR
- Any of: hypotension, shock, impaired consciousness, other organ failure

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
Patients must meet all criteria in Initial Eligibility Criteria, AND ONE of the PBS or NT criteria AND all criteria for the individual medicine. Where uncertainty exists, or if a clinician believes a patient may benefit from treatment but the patient does NOT meet the treatment criteria, these patients should be discussed with the infectious diseases team.
Does the patient fulfill the Initial Eligibility Criteria to be considered for pharmacotherapy?
Please see below.
Initial Eligibility Criteria:
- Patient is COVID-19 positive (either with PCR or RAT verified by a health practitioner)
- AND has at least ONE symptom of COVID-19
- AND is within the first FIVE days of symptom onset (or within SEVEN days for Remdesivir)
- AND patient is 18 years or older OR is 12-18 years and greater than 40kg
PBS and NT criteria for treatment:
- Option 1 - PBS: Moderately to severely immunosuppressed (see below)
- Option 2 - PBS: 65 years and older with at least 2 additional risk factors (see below)
- Option 3 - PBS: Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander over 50 years with at least 2 additional risk factors (see below)
- Option 4 - NT specific (non-PBS): Greater than 18 years old who are with at least 2 risk factors (see the risk factors and the NT specific risk factors below)
- Option 5 - NT specific (non-PBS): Between 12 and 18 years with specific paediatric risk factor
Immunocompromising Conditions or Immunosuppressive Therapy.
Primary or acquired immunodeficiency:
- Active haematological malignancy
- Solid organ transplant with immunosppressive therapy
- Haematopoietic stem cell transplant or chimeric antigen receptor T-cell therapy within 2 years or transplantation
- Primary immunodeficiency
- HIV infection
Immunosuppressive therapy:
- Cheotherapy or wholebody radiotherapy
- Corticosteroids: greater than 20mg/day prednisone for 14 or more days/months or pulse corticosteroid therapy
- Multiple immunosuppressants with severe cumulative immunosuppressant effect
- Selected conventional synthetic disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDS):
mycophenolate, methotrexate (10mg/week or more), leflunomide, azathioprine (1mg/kg per day or more), 6-mercaptopurine (0.5mg/kg/day or more), alkylating agents (e.g. cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil), and systemic calcineurin inhibitors (e.g. cyclosporin, tacrolimus). Excluding hydroxychloroquine or sulfasalazine when used as monotherapy
- Biologic and targeted therapies anticipated to reduce the immune response to COVID-19 vaccine
Any significantly immunocompromising condition which required treatment with rituximab in the last 12 months
High risk conditions:
- Down Syndrome
- Cerebral palsy
- Congenital heart disease
- Thalassemia
- Sickle cell disease
- Other haemoglobinopathies
Severe intellectual or physicial disabilities requiring residential care
PBS Criteria Risk Factors for Progression to Severe COVID-19:
- Older age (over 75 years)
- Patient has received less than 2 doses of an approved COVID-19 vaccine
- Patient is in residential aged care or residential disability care
- Type 1 or type 2 diabetes (requiring medication)
- Obesity (BMI of 30kg/m2 or greater)
- Chronic kidney disease (eGFR less than 60mL/min per CKD-EPI)
- Significant liver disease (advanced fibrosis/cirrhosis)
- Congestive heart failure (NYHA CLASS II or greater)
- Respiratory compromise (eg. COPD, moderate/severe asthma requiring oral or inhaled steroids in the last 12 months)
- Neruological conditions including stroke and dementia
- The patient has reduced, or lack or, access to higher level healthcare and lives in an area of geographic remoteness classified by the Modified Monash Model as Category 5 or above (Alice Springs is Category 6)
NT Specific Criteria (non-PBS) Risk Factors for Progression to Severe COVID-19:
- Moderate to severe rheumatic heart disease
- Cardiomyopathy
- Coronary artery disease
- Hypertension
- Age greater than 55 years or greater than 45 years if Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander
- Patient has received 2 doses of vaccine but is not up to date with vaccination
- Requiring long term renal replacement therapy (do not require a second risk factor)
- If aged between 12-17 years: Paediatric Complex Chronic Conditions (PCCC) - congenital and genetic, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, malignancies, metabolic, neuromuscular, renal and respiratory conditions

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
The first line agent for a patient who fit the eligibility criteria listed in the previous page is Paxlovid (Nirmatrelvir plus Ritonavir).
If an inpatient is not eligible for Paxlovid, the next option is Remdesivir; if the inpatient is not eligible for Remdesivir, the next option is Molnupiravir.
If an outpatient is not eligible for Paxlovid, the next option is Molnupiravir; if the outpatient is not eligible for Molnupiravir, the next option is Remdesivir.
Does the patient meet at least ONE of the following clinical crtieria for COVID-19 specific pharmacotherapy?
Immunocompromising condition or immunosuppressive therapy as per listed below, or long-term renal dialysis (regardless of vaccination status)
Unvaccinated or not up to date with vaccines AND have ONE or more risk factors for progression to severe COVID-19 listed below
Up to date with vaccination AND have TWO or more risk factors for progression to severe COVID-19 listed below
Primary or acquired immunodeficiency:
- Active haematological malignancy
- Non-haematological malignancy with current active treatment (chemotherapy and whole body radiotherapy)
- Solid organ transplant with immunosppressive therapy
- Haematopoietic stem cell transplant or chimeric antigen receptor T-cell therapy within 2 years or transplantation
- Primary immunodeficiency
- Advanced or untreated HIV (CD4 less thn 250/microlitre or those iwth higher CD4 count but unable to be established on effective anti-retorviral therapy (i.e. viral load 400 copies/mL or above))
- Renal dialysis
Immunosuppressive therapy:
- Corticosteroids: greater than 20mg/day prednisone for 14 or more days/months or pulse corticosteroid therapy
- Multiple immunosuppressants with severe cumulative immunosuppressant effect
- Selected conventional synthetic disease-modifying anti-rheumatic drugs (DMARDS):
mycophenolate, methotrexate (10mg/week or more), leflunomide, azathioprine (1mg/kg per day or more), 6-mercaptopurine (0.5mg/kg/day or more), alkylating agents (e.g. cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil), and systemic calcineurin inhibitors (e.g. cyclosporin, tacrolimus). Excluding hydroxychloroquine or sulfasalazine when used as monotherapy
- Biologic and targeted therapies anticipated to reduce the immune response to COVID-19 vaccine
Risk factors for progression to severe COVID-19:
- Older age (45 years or older for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people, otherwise 55 years or older)
- Diabetes requiring medication
- Obessity (BMI 30 or higher)
- Chronic kidney disease (eGFR less than 60mL/min per CKD-EPI)
- Chronic lung disease (history of chronic bronchitis, bronchiectasis, COPD or emphysema with dyspnoea on exertion)
- Moderate-to-severe asthma (requiring inhaled corticosteroids OR oral steroids in previous 12 months)
- Immunocompromised
- Sickle cell disease
- Cancer associated with immunosuppression
- HIV positive (viral load less than 400 copies/mL)
- Hypertension
- Neurodevelopmental disorders
- Medical related technological dependence (e.g. has been prescribed continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP))
- If aged between 12-17 years: Paediatric Complex Chronic Conditions (PCCC): congenital and genetic, cardiovascuilar, gastrointestinal, malignancies, metabolic, neuromuscular, renal and respiratory conditions
Vaccination status definition:
- Unvaccinated: Patient has received no doses of a COVID-19 vaccination
- Not up to date with vaccines: Patient has received either 1 OR 2 primary doses (3 primary doses if immunocompromised) of a COVID-19 vaccination and are overdue for booster vaccination (more than 3 months since last primary dose) or eligible and overdue for an additional booster dose (more than 4 months after first booster dose or last COVID-19 infection)
- Up to date with vaccine: Patient has received 2 primary doses of a COVID-19 vaccination and booster dose is not yet required or overdue, OR if patient has received 2 primary doses (3 primary doses if immunosuppressed) and all recommended booster doses of a COVID-19 vaccination

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
The first line agent for a patient who fit the eligibility criteria listed in the previous page is Paxlovid (Nirmatrelvir plus Ritonavir).
If an inpatient is not eligible for Paxlovid, the next option is Remdesivir; if the inpatient is not eligible for Remdesivir, the next option is Molnupiravir.
If an outpatient is not eligible for Paxlovid, the next option is Molnupiravir; if the outpatient is not eligible for Molnupiravir, the next option is Remdesivir.
Does the patient meet ALL of the following clinical crtieria for the first-line oral treatment medication Paxlovid (Nirmatrelvir plus Ritonavir)?
- Patient is within the first five days of symptom onset
- Patient is 18 years of age or older
- Patient is NOT pregnant or breastfeeding (pregnancy test is required for women still menstruating and not on long-acting reversible contraception). If the patient is a woman of chid-bearing potential, they are counselled to ensure that during treatment and for 7 days after they will continue appropriate long-acting reversible contraception, or utilise additional barrier methods, or abstain for sex.
- No history of severe liver disease (Child Pugh Class C)
- Low clinical likelihood of undiagnosed Hepatitis C virus infection
- HIV infection is either controlled or there is a low clinical likelihood of undiagnosed HIV
- No history of severe renal impairment (eGFR 30mL/min or less)
- Patient is willing and able to adhere to taking the full course of 5-day treatment
- There are no drug interactions for any medications currently being taken by patient or drug interactions are managed with appropriate strategy (see below for further detail)
NOTE: Paxlovid has multiple drug interactions which may be absolute contra-indications or require dose modification or temporary witholding:
- All medications must be checked for potential interactions wtih Nirmatrelvir plus Ritonavir. Please liaise with your clinical pharmacist if available. Alternatively, the University of Liverpool has a free online tool designed to quickly assess drug-drug interactions with COVID-19 treatment medication
- Use of Ritonavir may reduce the efficacy of combined hormonal contraceptives. Patients using combined hormonal contraceptives should be advised to use an effective alternative contraceptive method or an additional barrier method of contraception during treatment, and during a menstrual cycle after stopping treatment
- Coadministration of Paxlovid with medroxyprogesterone intramuscular or subcutaneous depot injections has not been studied but is predicted to increase medroxyprogesterone exposure. However, no action is needed given the short duration of Nirmatrelvir plus Ritonavir treatment

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
Treatment is likely not required. Please contact ID if patient is symptomatic for more than 5 days, if the patient's weight is less than 40kg, or if the patient is less than 12 years of age.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19 treatment (MILD disease severity) for those eligible for Paxlovid
For patients with MILD disease severity who meet all eligibility criteria for oral Paxlovid:
Give Budesonide turbuhaler 800mcg inhalation 12-hourly within 14 days of symptom onset
AND
Give Nirmatrelvir 300mg (if eGFR 30-60mL/min, reduce dose to 150mg) orally TWICE daily AND Ritonavir 100mg orally TWICE daily within 5 days of symptom onset for a treatment duration of 5 days
Code for Nirmatrelvir plus Ritonair (Paxlovid) is:
5cov
This code is valid for FIVE day, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
Does the patient meet ALL of the following clinical crtieria for the IV treatment medication Sotrovimab?
- If patient is pregnant, the benefit justifies the potential risk - discuss with the regional obstetric team
- Patient is able and willing to receive IV infusion

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19 treatment (MILD disease severity) and meet all eligibility criteria for Sotrovimab
For patients with MILD disease severity and meet all eligibility criteria for Sotrovimab:
Give Budesonide turbuhaler 800mcg inhalation 12-hourly within 14 days of symptom onset
AND
Give Sotrovimab 500mg IV as a single dose within 5 days of symptom onset
Code for Sotrovimab is:
1cov
This code is valid for ONE day as a stat dose only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
Does the patient meet ALL of the following clinical crtieria for the oral medication Molnupiravir?
- Patient is 18 years of age or older
- Patient is within five days of symptom onset
- Patient is NOT pregnanct or breastfeeding (pregnancy test is required for women still menstruating and not on long-acting reversible contraception) and if patient is a woman of chidbearing potential, they agree to use adequate contraception eg. depot medroxyprogesterone to avoid becoming pregnant or abstrain from sex during treatment and for 4 days after stopping treatment
- If patient is a sexually active male, he agrees to use an adequate form of contraception during and for 3 months after stopping treatment
- Patient is able and willing to adhere to taking the full course of 5-day treatment

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19 treatment (MILD disease severity) for those eligible for Molnupiravir
For patients with MILD disease severity and eligible for Molnupiravir:
Give Budesonide turbuhaler 800mcg inhalation 12-hourly within 14 days of symptom onset
AND
Give Molnupiravir 800mg (4x 200mg) capsules TWICE daily within 5 days of symptom onset for a treatment duration of 5 days
Code for Molnupiravir is:
5cov
This code is valid for FIVE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
Please contact ID team for advice.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19
Does the patient meet ALL of the following clinical crtieria for the IV treatment medication Remdesivir?
- Patient is within seven days of symptom onset
- Patient is over 18 years old OR 12-18 years and greater than 40 kg (Remdesivir may be used in younger children and at a lower weight, speak to ID
- Patient has a CrCL greater than 30mL/min or is on haemodialysis (avoid use in peritoneal dialysis patients with CrCL less than 30mL/min but not on renal replacement therapy)
- Patient is willing and able to adhere to attending the hospital or clinic for the full course of 3-day IV infusion treatment

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19 treatment (MILD disease severity) for those eligible for Remdesivir
For patients with MILD disease severity and eligible for Remdesivir:
Give Budesonide turbuhaler 800mcg inhalation 12-hourly within 14 days of symptom onset
AND
Give Remdesivir 200mg IV infusion on day 1, and then 100mg daily for 2 more days for a treatment duration of 3 days
Code for Remdesivir is:
3cov
This code is valid for THREE days only, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
COVID-19 treatment (Moderate and Severe disease severity)
For patients with Moderate or Severe disease:
Give Oxygen supplementation and give Dexamethasone 6mg IV/PO once daily for up to 10 days (or an acceptable alternative regimen)
AND
Ivermectin 200mcg/kg (to the closest 1.5mg) orally as a single dose for strongyloidiasis chemoprophylaxis (due to the strongyloidiasis endemic in Central Australia)
AND (only if patient does not require ventilation)
Load Remdesivir with 200mg IV stat, then 100mg IV once daily from day 2, for a total of 5 days. (Do not use in patients who require invasive or non-invasive ventilation)
AND (if there is evidence of deterioration with a rise in inflammatory markers: CRP above 75mg/L, D-dimer above 500ng/mL or Ferritin greater than 500 microg/L) use EITHER
Baricitinib 4mg orally once daily for up to 14 days (Reduce dose to 2mg once daily in patients with an eGFR of less than 60mL/min)
OR
Tocilizumab IV as a weight-based single dose. Give 800mg for a weight greater than 95kg; 600mg for 65-95kg; 400mg for 40-64kg; 8mg/kg if less than 40kg. Consider a second dose after 12-24 hours if no clinical improvement is noted, or if the CRP, D-Dimer or ferritin does not start to fall. (Tocilizumab is indicated particularly where there is evidence of systemic inflammation)
Code for Remdesivir is:
5cov
This code is valid for FIVE days, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
Code for Ivermectin is:
1cov
This code is valid for ONE day, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
Code for Baricitinib is:
14cov
This code is valid for FOURTEEN days, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.
Code for Tocilizumab is:
1cov
This code is valid for ONE day, starting from the first day of treatment for this condition. Infectious diseases must be contacted. Please annotate this code on the medication chart and document when infectious diseases are to be contacted in the patient notes.

CHAMPS - Central Health Antimicrobial Prescribing Software
Diabetic foot infection
Does the patient have a penicillin allergy?
(See below for details on penicillin allergy severity)
History of penicillin allergy or adverse reaction
No penicillin allergy
- This includes non-severe reactions such as nausea and limited diarrhoea
- Such reactions are frequently not replicable or generalizable to the whole class. It is safe to prescribe penicillin class antibiotics (with the patient?s knowledge), and if required, use strategies for symptom control such as metoclopramide
Immediate or delayed non-severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes non-severe reactions such as isolated rash.
- There is only a 2-3% chance of cephalosporin allergy in a patient with a previous IgE mediated allergy to penicillin, and probably even less for other types of allergies. In most cases it is safe to administer a cephalosporin to a patient who has had a non-life threatening reaction to penicillin
Immediate or delayed severe hypersensitivity to penicillin
- This includes anaphylaxis (see below) and other life-threatening reactions such as Stevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS), Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), Drug reaction with eosinophilia and systemic symptoms (DRESS) or interstitial nephritis. If your patient has a history of these, contact infectious diseases for advice
Penicillin anaphylaxis is highly likely if any ONE of the following is fulfilled:
1. Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) involving the skin, mucosal tissue, or both (eg, generalised hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) and at least one of:
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze/bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
OR
- Reduced blood pressure (BP) or associated symptoms and signs of end-organ malperfusion (eg, hypotonia [collapse] syncope, incontinence).
OR
2. TWO OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING that occur rapidly after exposure to penicillin for that patient (within minutes to several hours):
- Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-uvula).
- Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced peak expiratory flow, hypoxemia).
- Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence).
- Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms and signs (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting).
OR
3. Reduced BP after exposure to penicillin in a patient with known penicillin allergy (within minutes to several hours)
- Reduced BP in adults is defined as a systolic BP of less than 90 mmHg or greater than 30 percent decrease from that person's baseline
- In infants and children, reduced BP is defined as low systolic BP (age-specific) or greater than 30 percent decrease in systolic BP